mirror of
https://github.com/subsurface/subsurface.git
synced 2024-12-11 03:21:29 +00:00
73ac9848cb
Signed-off-by: Guillaume GARDET <guillaume.gardet@free.fr> Signed-off-by: Dirk Hohndel <dirk@hohndel.org>
6171 lines
292 KiB
Text
6171 lines
292 KiB
Text
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.1//EN"
|
||
"http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml11/DTD/xhtml11.dtd">
|
||
<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml" xml:lang="en">
|
||
<head>
|
||
<meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="application/xhtml+xml; charset=UTF-8" />
|
||
<meta name="generator" content="AsciiDoc 8.6.8" />
|
||
<title></title>
|
||
<style type="text/css">
|
||
/*
|
||
* compact_subsurface.css, a special style sheet for Subsurface,
|
||
* modified by Willem Ferguson and derived from:
|
||
* compact.css, version 1.3 by Alex Efros <powerman@powerman.name>
|
||
* Licence: Public Domain
|
||
*
|
||
* Usage: asciidoc -a theme=compact_subsurface ...
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
* { padding: 0; margin: 0; }
|
||
img { border: 0; }
|
||
|
||
/*** Layout ***/
|
||
|
||
body { margin: 10px 20px; }
|
||
#header br { display: none; }
|
||
#revnumber { display: block; }
|
||
#toc { margin: 1em 0; }
|
||
.toclevel2 { margin-left: 1em; }
|
||
.toclevel3 { margin-left: 2em; }
|
||
#footer { margin-top: 2em; }
|
||
|
||
#preamble .sectionbody,
|
||
h2,
|
||
h3,
|
||
h4,
|
||
h5 { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
|
||
|
||
.admonitionblock,
|
||
.listingblock,
|
||
.sidebarblock,
|
||
.exampleblock,
|
||
.tableblock,
|
||
.literalblock { margin: 1em 0; }
|
||
.admonitionblock td.icon { padding-right: 0.5em; }
|
||
.admonitionblock td.content { padding-left: 0.5em; }
|
||
.listingblock .content { padding: 0.5em; }
|
||
.sidebarblock > .content { padding: 0.5em; }
|
||
.exampleblock > .content { padding: 0 0.5em; }
|
||
.tableblock caption { padding: 0 0 0.5em 0; }
|
||
.tableblock thead th,
|
||
.tableblock tbody td,
|
||
.tableblock tfoot td { padding: 0 0.5em; }
|
||
.quoteblock { padding: 0 2.0em; }
|
||
|
||
.paragraph { margin: 1em 0 0 0; }
|
||
.sidebarblock .paragraph:first-child,
|
||
.exampleblock .paragraph:first-child,
|
||
.admonitionblock .paragraph:first-child { margin: 0; }
|
||
|
||
.ulist, .olist, .dlist, .hdlist, .qlist { margin: 1em 0; }
|
||
li .ulist, li .olist, li .dlist, li .hdlist, li .qlist,
|
||
dd .ulist, dd .olist, dd .dlist, dd .hdlist, dd .qlist { margin: 0; }
|
||
ul { margin-left: 1.5em; }
|
||
ol { margin-left: 2em; }
|
||
dd { margin-left: 3em; }
|
||
td.hdlist1 { padding-right: 1em; }
|
||
|
||
/*** Fonts ***/
|
||
|
||
body { font-family: Verdana, sans-serif; }
|
||
#header { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
|
||
#header h1 { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
|
||
#footer { font-family: Georgia, serif; }
|
||
#email { font-size: 0.85em; }
|
||
#revnumber { font-size: 0.75em; }
|
||
#toc { font-size: 0.9em; }
|
||
#toctitle { font-weight: bold; }
|
||
#footer { font-size: 0.8em; }
|
||
|
||
h2, h3, h4, h5, .title { font-family: Arial, sans-serif; }
|
||
h2 { font-size: 1.5em; }
|
||
.sectionbody { font-size: 0.85em; }
|
||
.sectionbody .sectionbody { font-size: inherit; }
|
||
h3 { font-size: 159%; } /* 1.35em */
|
||
h4 { font-size: 141%; } /* 1.2em */
|
||
h5 { font-size: 118%; } /* 1em */
|
||
.title { font-size: 106%; /* 0.9em */
|
||
font-weight: bold;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
tt, .monospaced { font-family: monospace; font-size: 106%; } /* 0.9em */
|
||
dt, td.hdlist1, .qlist em { font-family: Times New Roman, serif;
|
||
font-size: 118%; /* 1em */
|
||
font-style: italic;
|
||
}
|
||
.tableblock tfoot td { font-weight: bold; }
|
||
|
||
/*** Colors and Backgrounds ***/
|
||
|
||
h1 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
|
||
#footer { border-top: 2px solid silver; }
|
||
|
||
h2 { color: #527bbd; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
|
||
h3 { color: #5D7EAE; border-bottom: 2px solid silver; }
|
||
h3 { display: inline-block; }
|
||
h4,h5 { color: #5D7EAE; }
|
||
|
||
.admonitionblock td.content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
|
||
.listingblock .content { background: #f4f4f4; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
|
||
.sidebarblock > .content { background: #ffffee; border: 1px solid silver; border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
|
||
.exampleblock > .content { border-left: 2px solid silver; }
|
||
.quoteblock { border-left: 5px solid #e0e0e0; }
|
||
.tableblock table {
|
||
border-collapse: collapse;
|
||
border-width: 3px;
|
||
border-color: #527bbd;
|
||
}
|
||
.tableblock table[frame=hsides] { border-style: solid none; }
|
||
.tableblock table[frame=border] { border-style: solid; }
|
||
.tableblock table[frame=void] { border-style: none; }
|
||
.tableblock table[frame=vsides] { border-style: none solid; }
|
||
.tableblock table[rules=all] tbody tr *,
|
||
.tableblock table[rules=rows] tbody tr * {
|
||
border-top: 1px solid #527bbd;
|
||
}
|
||
.tableblock table[rules=all] tr *,
|
||
.tableblock table[rules=cols] tr * {
|
||
border-left: 1px solid #527bbd;
|
||
}
|
||
.tableblock table tbody tr:first-child * {
|
||
border-top: 1px solid white; /* none don't work here... %-[] */
|
||
}
|
||
.tableblock table tr *:first-child {
|
||
border-left: none;
|
||
}
|
||
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr *,
|
||
.tableblock table[frame] thead tr * {
|
||
border-top: 1px solid white;
|
||
border-bottom: 2px solid #527bbd;
|
||
}
|
||
.tableblock table tr td p.table,
|
||
.tableblock table tr td p.table * {
|
||
border: 0px;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
tt, .monospaced { color: navy; }
|
||
|
||
li { color: #a0a0a0; }
|
||
li > * { color: black; }
|
||
|
||
span.aqua { color: aqua; }
|
||
span.black { color: black; }
|
||
span.blue { color: blue; }
|
||
span.fuchsia { color: fuchsia; }
|
||
span.gray { color: gray; }
|
||
span.green { color: green; }
|
||
span.lime { color: lime; }
|
||
span.maroon { color: maroon; }
|
||
span.navy { color: navy; }
|
||
span.olive { color: olive; }
|
||
span.purple { color: purple; }
|
||
span.red { color: red; }
|
||
span.silver { color: silver; }
|
||
span.teal { color: teal; }
|
||
span.white { color: white; }
|
||
span.yellow { color: yellow; }
|
||
|
||
span.aqua-background { background: aqua; }
|
||
span.black-background { background: black; }
|
||
span.blue-background { background: blue; }
|
||
span.fuchsia-background { background: fuchsia; }
|
||
span.gray-background { background: gray; }
|
||
span.green-background { background: green; }
|
||
span.lime-background { background: lime; }
|
||
span.maroon-background { background: maroon; }
|
||
span.navy-background { background: navy; }
|
||
span.olive-background { background: olive; }
|
||
span.purple-background { background: purple; }
|
||
span.red-background { background: red; }
|
||
span.silver-background { background: silver; }
|
||
span.teal-background { background: teal; }
|
||
span.white-background { background: white; }
|
||
span.yellow-background { background: yellow; }
|
||
|
||
span.big { font-size: 2em; }
|
||
span.small { font-size: 0.6em; }
|
||
|
||
span.underline { text-decoration: underline; }
|
||
span.overline { text-decoration: overline; }
|
||
span.line-through { text-decoration: line-through; }
|
||
|
||
/*** Misc ***/
|
||
|
||
.admonitionblock td.icon { vertical-align: top; }
|
||
.attribution { text-align: right; }
|
||
|
||
ul { list-style-type: disc; }
|
||
ol.arabic { list-style-type: decimal; }
|
||
ol.loweralpha { list-style-type: lower-alpha; }
|
||
ol.upperalpha { list-style-type: upper-alpha; }
|
||
ol.lowerroman { list-style-type: lower-roman; }
|
||
ol.upperroman { list-style-type: upper-roman; }
|
||
.hdlist td { vertical-align: top; }
|
||
|
||
|
||
</style>
|
||
<script type="text/javascript">
|
||
/*<+'])');
|
||
// Function that scans the DOM tree for header elements (the DOM2
|
||
// nodeIterator API would be a better technique but not supported by all
|
||
// browsers).
|
||
var iterate = function (el) {
|
||
for (var i = el.firstChild; i != null; i = i.nextSibling) {
|
||
if (i.nodeType == 1 /* Node.ELEMENT_NODE */) {
|
||
var mo = re.exec(i.tagName);
|
||
if (mo && (i.getAttribute("class") || i.getAttribute("className")) != "float") {
|
||
result[result.length] = new TocEntry(i, getText(i), mo[1]-1);
|
||
}
|
||
iterate(i);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
iterate(el);
|
||
return result;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
var toc = document.getElementById("toc");
|
||
if (!toc) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Delete existing TOC entries in case we're reloading the TOC.
|
||
var tocEntriesToRemove = [];
|
||
var i;
|
||
for (i = 0; i < toc.childNodes.length; i++) {
|
||
var entry = toc.childNodes[i];
|
||
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div'
|
||
&& entry.getAttribute("class")
|
||
&& entry.getAttribute("class").match(/^toclevel/))
|
||
tocEntriesToRemove.push(entry);
|
||
}
|
||
for (i = 0; i < tocEntriesToRemove.length; i++) {
|
||
toc.removeChild(tocEntriesToRemove[i]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Rebuild TOC entries.
|
||
var entries = tocEntries(document.getElementById("content"), toclevels);
|
||
for (var i = 0; i < entries.length; ++i) {
|
||
var entry = entries[i];
|
||
if (entry.element.id == "")
|
||
entry.element.id = "_toc_" + i;
|
||
var a = document.createElement("a");
|
||
a.href = "#" + entry.element.id;
|
||
a.appendChild(document.createTextNode(entry.text));
|
||
var div = document.createElement("div");
|
||
div.appendChild(a);
|
||
div.className = "toclevel" + entry.toclevel;
|
||
toc.appendChild(div);
|
||
}
|
||
if (entries.length == 0)
|
||
toc.parentNode.removeChild(toc);
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
|
||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||
// Footnotes generator
|
||
/////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////
|
||
|
||
/* Based on footnote generation code from:
|
||
* http://www.brandspankingnew.net/archive/2005/07/format_footnote.html
|
||
*/
|
||
|
||
footnotes: function () {
|
||
// Delete existing footnote entries in case we're reloading the footnodes.
|
||
var i;
|
||
var noteholder = document.getElementById("footnotes");
|
||
if (!noteholder) {
|
||
return;
|
||
}
|
||
var entriesToRemove = [];
|
||
for (i = 0; i < noteholder.childNodes.length; i++) {
|
||
var entry = noteholder.childNodes[i];
|
||
if (entry.nodeName.toLowerCase() == 'div' && entry.getAttribute("class") == "footnote")
|
||
entriesToRemove.push(entry);
|
||
}
|
||
for (i = 0; i < entriesToRemove.length; i++) {
|
||
noteholder.removeChild(entriesToRemove[i]);
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Rebuild footnote entries.
|
||
var cont = document.getElementById("content");
|
||
var spans = cont.getElementsByTagName("span");
|
||
var refs = {};
|
||
var n = 0;
|
||
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
|
||
if (spans[i].className == "footnote") {
|
||
n++;
|
||
var note = spans[i].getAttribute("data-note");
|
||
if (!note) {
|
||
// Use [\s\S] in place of . so multi-line matches work.
|
||
// Because JavaScript has no s (dotall) regex flag.
|
||
note = spans[i].innerHTML.match(/\s*\[([\s\S]*)]\s*/)[1];
|
||
spans[i].innerHTML =
|
||
"[<a id='_footnoteref_" + n + "' href='#_footnote_" + n +
|
||
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
|
||
spans[i].setAttribute("data-note", note);
|
||
}
|
||
noteholder.innerHTML +=
|
||
"<div class='footnote' id='_footnote_" + n + "'>" +
|
||
"<a href='#_footnoteref_" + n + "' title='Return to text'>" +
|
||
n + "</a>. " + note + "</div>";
|
||
var id =spans[i].getAttribute("id");
|
||
if (id != null) refs["#"+id] = n;
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
if (n == 0)
|
||
noteholder.parentNode.removeChild(noteholder);
|
||
else {
|
||
// Process footnoterefs.
|
||
for (i=0; i<spans.length; i++) {
|
||
if (spans[i].className == "footnoteref") {
|
||
var href = spans[i].getElementsByTagName("a")[0].getAttribute("href");
|
||
href = href.match(/#.*/)[0]; // Because IE return full URL.
|
||
n = refs[href];
|
||
spans[i].innerHTML =
|
||
"[<a href='#_footnote_" + n +
|
||
"' title='View footnote' class='footnote'>" + n + "</a>]";
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
},
|
||
|
||
install: function(toclevels) {
|
||
var timerId;
|
||
|
||
function reinstall() {
|
||
asciidoc.footnotes();
|
||
if (toclevels) {
|
||
asciidoc.toc(toclevels);
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
function reinstallAndRemoveTimer() {
|
||
clearInterval(timerId);
|
||
reinstall();
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
timerId = setInterval(reinstall, 500);
|
||
if (document.addEventListener)
|
||
document.addEventListener("DOMContentLoaded", reinstallAndRemoveTimer, false);
|
||
else
|
||
window.onload = reinstallAndRemoveTimer;
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
}
|
||
asciidoc.install(3);
|
||
/*]]>*/
|
||
</script>
|
||
</head>
|
||
<body class="article">
|
||
<div id="header">
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div id="content">
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Subsurface4Banner.jpg" alt="Banner" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="big">MANUEL UTILISATEUR</span></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Auteurs du manuel</strong> : Willem Ferguson, Jacco van Koll, Dirk Hohndel, Reinout Hoornweg,
|
||
Linus Torvalds, Miika Turkia, Amit Chaudhuri, Jan Schubert, Salvador Cuñat, Pedro Neves</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><span class="blue"><em>Version 4.4, Février 2015</em></span></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bienvenue en tant qu’utilisateur de <em>Subsurface</em>, un programme avancé
|
||
d’enregistrement de plongées (carnet de plongées) avec une bonne
|
||
infrastructure pour décrire, organiser, interpréter et imprimer des plongées
|
||
en scaphandre et en apnée. <em>Subsurface</em> offre de nombreux avantages par
|
||
rapport à d’autres solutions logicielles similaires :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Avez-vous besoin d’une façon d’enregistrer vos plongées utilisant des
|
||
équipements loisirs, même sans utiliser d’ordinateur de plongée ?
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Utilisez-vous deux marques différentes d’ordinateurs de plongée, chacun avec
|
||
son propre logiciel propriétaire pour télécharger les enregistrements des
|
||
plongées ? Plongez-vous avec un recycleur ou un équipement en circuit ouvert
|
||
ou de loisir ? Utilisez-vous un enregistreur de profondeur et de durée
|
||
Reefnet Sensus avec un ordinateur de plongée ? <em>Subsurface</em> offre une
|
||
interface standard pour télécharger les enregistrements des plongées à
|
||
partir de tous ces équipements de plongée et pour enregistrer et analyser
|
||
ces enregistrements dans un système unique.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Utilisez-vous plus d’un système d’exploitation ? <em>Subsurface</em> est
|
||
intégralement compatible avec Mac, Linux et Windows, ce qui vous permet
|
||
d’accéder à vos enregistrements de plongées sur chaque système
|
||
d’exploitation en utilisant une application unique.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Utilisez-vous Linux ou Mac et votre ordinateur de plongée n’a que des
|
||
logiciels pour Windows pour télécharger les informations de plongées (par
|
||
exemple Mares) ? <em>Subsurface</em> fournit un moyen de télécharger et d’analyser
|
||
vos enregistrements de plongées sur d’autres systèmes d’exploitation.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Avez-vous besoin d’un planificateur de plongée graphique intuitif qui
|
||
intègre et prend en compte les plongées qui ont déjà été enregistrées ?
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> est disponible pour Windows (Win XP ou plus récent), les Macs
|
||
basés sur processeurs Intel (OS/X) et de nombreuses distributions
|
||
Linux. <em>Subsurface</em> peut être compilé pour bien plus de plateformes
|
||
matérielles et d’environnements logiciels où Qt et libdivecomputer sont
|
||
disponibles.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le but de ce document est l’utilisation du programme Subsurface. Pour
|
||
installer le logiciel, consultez la page <em>Téléchargement</em> sur le
|
||
<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de <em>Subsurface</em></a>. En cas de
|
||
problème, vous pouvez envoyer un e-mail sur
|
||
<a href="mailto:subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org">notre liste de diffusion</a> et
|
||
rapportez les bogues sur <a href="http://trac.hohndel.org">notre bugtracker</a>. Pour
|
||
des instructions de compilation du logiciel et (si besoin) de ses
|
||
dépendances, merci de consulter le fichier INSTALL inclus dans les sources
|
||
logicielles.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Public</strong> : Plongeurs loisirs, apnéistes, plongeurs Tek et plongeurs
|
||
professionnels</p></div>
|
||
<div id="toc">
|
||
<div id="toctitle">Table of Contents</div>
|
||
<noscript><p><b>JavaScript must be enabled in your browser to display the table of contents.</b></p></noscript>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_UserSurvey">1. Utilisation de ce manuel</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsqu’il est ouvert depuis <em>Subsurface</em>, ce manuel n’a pas de contrôles
|
||
externes. Cependant, une fonction de <em>RECHERCHE</em> est importante. Elle est
|
||
activée par la combinaison de touches du clavier Ctrl-F ou commande-F. Un
|
||
champ de recherche apparait en bas de la fenêtre. Il suffit de l’utiliser
|
||
pour rechercher n’importe quel terme dans le manuel.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_le_sondage_utilisateur">2. Le sondage utilisateur</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dans le but de développer <em>Subsurface</em> d’une manière qui serve ses
|
||
utilisateurs de la meilleur manière qu’il soit, il est important d’avoir des
|
||
informations sur les utilisateurs. À l’ouverture de <em>Subsurface</em> après avoir
|
||
utilisé le logiciel pendant une semaine environ, une fenêtre de sondage
|
||
apparait. Cela est complètement optionnel et l’utilisateur contrôle quelles
|
||
informations sont envoyées ou non à l'équipe de développement de
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>. Toutes les données que l’utilisateur choisit d’envoyer sont
|
||
extrêmement utiles et ne seront utilisées que pour les futures
|
||
développements et modifications du logiciel pour coller au mieux aux besoins
|
||
des utilisateurs de <em>Subsurface</em>. Si vous complétez le sondage ou cliquez
|
||
sur l’option pour ne plus être sondé, cela devrait être la dernière
|
||
communication de ce type que vous recevrez. Cependant, si vos habitudes de
|
||
plongées ou d’utilisation de Subsurface changent, vous pouvez envoyer un
|
||
nouveau sondage en démarrant <em>Subsurface</em> avec l’option <em>--survey</em> sur la
|
||
ligne de commande.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_StartUsing">3. Commencer à utiliser le programme</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>La fenêtre <em>Subsurface</em> est généralement divisée en 4 panneaux avec un <strong>Menu
|
||
principal</strong> (Fichier Importer Journal Vue Aide) en haut de la fenêtre (pour
|
||
Windows et Linux) ou en haut de l'écran (pour Mac et Ubuntu Unity). Les
|
||
quatre panneaux sont :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> en bas à gauche, contenant une liste de toutes les
|
||
plongées du journal (carnet) de plongées de l’utilisateur. Une plongée peut
|
||
être sélectionnée et mise en surbrillance dans la liste en cliquant
|
||
dessus. Dans la plupart des cas, les touches haut/bas peuvent être utilisée
|
||
pour passer d’une plongée à l’autre. La <strong>liste des plongées</strong> est un outil
|
||
important pour manipuler un journal (carnet) de plongée.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>La <strong>carte de plongée</strong> en bas à droite, affiche les sites de plongées de
|
||
l’utilisateur, sur une carte mondiale et centrée sur le site de la dernière
|
||
plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les <strong>informations</strong> en haut à gauche, fournissent des informations détaillées
|
||
sur la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, dont des
|
||
statistiques pour la plongée sélectionnée ou pour toutes les plongées mises
|
||
en surbrillance.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Le <strong>profil de plongée</strong> en haut à droite, affiche un profil de plongée
|
||
graphique de la plongée sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Les séparateurs entre ces panneaux peuvent être déplacés pour modifier la
|
||
taille de chaque panneau. <em>Subsurface</em> mémorise la position de ces
|
||
séparateurs, pour qu’au prochain lancement <em>Subsurface</em> utilise ces
|
||
positions.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si une plongée est sélectionnée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, l’emplacement
|
||
de la plongée, les informations détaillées et le profil de la <em>plongée
|
||
sélectionnée</em> sont affichées dans les panneaux respectifs. D’autre part, si
|
||
plus d’une plongée est mise en surbrillance seule la dernière mise en
|
||
surbrillance est la <em>plongée sélectionnée</em>, mais les données de <em>toutes les
|
||
plongées mises en surbrillances</em> sont affichées dans l’onglet <strong>Stats</strong> du
|
||
panneau <strong>informations</strong> (profondeur maximale, minimale et moyenne, les
|
||
durées, les températures de l’eau et le SAC (air consommé); temps total et
|
||
nombre de plongées sélectionnées).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" id="S_ViewPanels" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/main_window_f20.jpg" alt="The Main Window" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’utilisateur peut déterminer si lesquels des quatre panneaux sont affichés
|
||
en sélectionnant l’option <strong>Vue</strong> dans le menu principal. Cette fonctionnalité
|
||
permet plusieurs choix d’affichage :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tout</strong> : affiche les quatre panneaux tels que sur la capture d'écran ci-dessus.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Liste des plongées</strong> : affiche uniquement la liste des plongées.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Profil</strong> : affiche uniquement le profile de plongée de la plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Info</strong> : affiche uniquement les notes de plongées de la dernière plongée sélectionnée et les statistiques pour
|
||
toutes les plongées mises en surbrillance.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Globe</strong> : affiche uniquement la carte mondiale, centrée sur la dernière plongée sélectionnée.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Comme la plupart des autre fonctions qui peuvent être accédée via le menu
|
||
principal, ces options peuvent être utilisées par des raccourcis
|
||
clavier. Les raccourcis pour un système particulier sont affichés avec un
|
||
souligné des les entrées de menu. À cause des différents systèmes
|
||
d’exploitation et des divers langues, <em>Subsurface</em> peut utiliser différentes
|
||
touches de raccourcis et ne sont donc pas détaillées ici.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Lorsque le programme est lancé pour la première fois, il n’affiche aucune
|
||
information. Ceci parce que le programme n’a aucune information de plongée
|
||
disponible. Dans les sections suivantes, le procédure pour créer a nouveau
|
||
carnet de plongée sera détaillée.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_NewLogbook">4. Créer un nouveau carnet de plongée</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sélectionner <em>Fichier → Nouveau carnet de plongée</em> à partir du menu
|
||
principal. Toutes les données de plongées sont effacées pour que de
|
||
nouvelles puissent être ajoutées. S’il existe des données non encore
|
||
enregistrées dans le carnet ouvert, l’utilisateur devra sélectionner s’il
|
||
faut les enregistrer ou non avant de créer le nouveau carnet.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_GetInformation">5. Storing dive information in the logbook</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now that a new logbook was created, it is simple to add dive data to it.
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> allows several ways of adding dive data to a logbook, detailed
|
||
in the following sections.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>1) If the user has a handwritten divelog, a spreadsheet or another form of
|
||
manually maintained divelog, dive data can be added to the logbook using one
|
||
of these approaches:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Enter dive information by hand. This is useful if the diver did not
|
||
use a dive computer and dives were recorded in a written logbook. See:
|
||
<a href="#S_EnterData">Entering dive information by hand</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Import dive log information that has been maintained either as a spreadsheet
|
||
or as a CSV file. Refer to: <a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a
|
||
spreadsheet to CSV format</a> and to <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives
|
||
in CSV format</a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>2) If one has dives recorded using a dive computer, the depth profile of the
|
||
dive and a large amount of additional information can be accessed. These
|
||
dives can be imported from:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The divecomputer itself. See: <a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer">Importing new dive
|
||
information from a Dive Computer</a> or
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Proprietary software distributed by manufacturers of dive computers. Refer
|
||
to: <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive information from other
|
||
digital data sources or other data formats</a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Import from spreadsheet or CSV files containing dive profiles.
|
||
See: <a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive
|
||
computers or other dive log software</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_EnterData">5.1. Entering dive information by hand</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is usually the approach for dives without a dive computer. The basic
|
||
record of information within <em>Subsurface</em> is a dive. The most important
|
||
information in a simple dive logbook usually includes dive type, date, time,
|
||
duration, depth, the names of your dive buddy and of the dive master or dive
|
||
guide, and some remarks about the dive. <em>Subsurface</em> can store much more
|
||
information than this for each dive. In order to add a dive to a dive log,
|
||
select <em>Log → Add Dive</em> from the Main Menu. The program then shows three
|
||
panels to enter information for a dive: two tabs in the <strong>Info</strong> panel
|
||
(<strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>), as well as the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel that displays
|
||
a graphical profile of each dive. These panels are respectively marked
|
||
<span class="red">A</span>, <span class="red">B</span> and <span class="red">C</span> in the figure below. Each of these tabs will
|
||
now be explained for data entry.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/AddDive1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Add dive" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>When one edits a field in Notes or Equipment panels, <em>Subsurface</em> enters
|
||
<strong>Editing Mode</strong>, indicated by the message in the blue box at the top of the
|
||
<em>Notes</em> panel (see the image below). This message is displayed in all the
|
||
panels under Notes and Equipment when in <strong>Editing Mode</strong>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="Blue edit bar" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Save</em> button should only be selected after all the parts of a dive have
|
||
been entered. When entering dives by hand, the <em>Info</em>, <em>Equipment</em> and
|
||
<em>Profile</em> tabs should be completed before saving the information. By
|
||
selecting the <em>Save</em> button, a local copy of the information for this
|
||
specific dive is saved in memory. When one closes Subsurface, the program
|
||
will ask again, this time whether the complete dive log should be saved on
|
||
disk or not.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_notes">5.1.1. Notes</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel contains the date, time and place information for a particular
|
||
dive, environmental conditions, co-divers and buddies, as well as some
|
||
descriptive information. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following
|
||
fields are visible:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/AddDive2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and the time of the dive. By clicking the
|
||
date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct
|
||
date. Press ESC to escape from the calendar. The time values (hour and
|
||
minutes) can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text
|
||
box and by overtyping the information displayed. The default date is the
|
||
present date and the default time is an hour in advance of the present time.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air and water temperatures</strong>: the air and water temperatures during the
|
||
dive can be typed directly on the fields to the right of the Start time.
|
||
Temperature units are not needed, as they will be automatically supplied by
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>. Only the numerical value must be
|
||
typed by the user (the units selected in the <em>Preferences</em>
|
||
will determine whether metric or imperial units are used).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: Here the name of the dive site can be entered, e.g. "Tihany, Lake
|
||
Balaton,
|
||
Hungary". Auto completion of location names will make this easier if one
|
||
frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered
|
||
here. These can come from three sources:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
One can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand part
|
||
of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "No
|
||
location data - Move the map and double-click to set the dive
|
||
location". Upon a double-click at the appropriate place, the green bar
|
||
disappears and the coordinates are stored.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The coordinates can be obtained from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if the
|
||
user has an Android or iPhone device with GPS and if the coordinates of the
|
||
dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
|
||
more information</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
|
||
formats with latitude followed by longitude:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
|
||
minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
|
||
e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
|
||
30.821798</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
|
||
negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly western longitudes are given with
|
||
a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Some keyboards don’t have the degree sign (°). It can be replaced by a d
|
||
like that: N30d W20d.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
|
||
name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location
|
||
description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all
|
||
of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates
|
||
the same).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
|
||
performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit, the default setting, meant for most recreational dives),
|
||
Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
|
||
rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive can be
|
||
entered here.
|
||
Again, this field offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in
|
||
the current logbook.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field one can enter the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
|
||
(separated by commas) who accompanied the user on the dive. Auto completion
|
||
is offered based on the list of buddies in the current logbook.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: The type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered here.
|
||
As with the other items, auto completion of the suit description is available.
|
||
Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
|
||
suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
|
||
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
|
||
dive on a
|
||
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed may
|
||
be entered here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift,
|
||
training, cave etc. <em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. Auto completion is once again offered.
|
||
For instance, if <code>cav</code> was typed, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are
|
||
shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information can be typed here.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for
|
||
tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to
|
||
use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a
|
||
completed Notes panel:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Notes tab" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_equipment">5.1.2. Equipment</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows the user to enter information about the type of
|
||
cylinder and gas used, as well as the weights used for a dive. This is a
|
||
highly interactive part of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and
|
||
gases (entered here) affects the behaviour of the dive profile (top
|
||
right-hand panel).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph" id="S_CylinderData"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
|
||
like this:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Gas_dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Initial cylinder dialogue" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The + button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this
|
||
dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows one to delete information
|
||
for a particular cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder
|
||
if it is used during the dive. One cylinder is implicitly used in the dive,
|
||
even without a gas change event. Thus the first cylinder cannot be deleted
|
||
until another cylinder is created.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of the table. To
|
||
select a cylinder, click in the <strong>Type</strong> box. This brings up a button that
|
||
can be used to display a dropdown list of cylinders:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Gas_dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The cylinder drop-down list button" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can be used to select the cylinder type used for the dive
|
||
or the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options
|
||
for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as well as its
|
||
working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in the
|
||
dialogue. If a cylinder is not shown in the dropdown list, type the name and
|
||
description of that cylinder into the <strong>Type</strong> field.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the gas used
|
||
during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial) corresponds to the
|
||
setting in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, type in the gas mixture used in the <strong>O2%</strong> field. If air was used, a
|
||
value of 21% can be entered on this field, or it might be left blank. If
|
||
nitrox or trimix were used, their percentages of oxygen and/or helium must
|
||
be specified. Any inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing
|
||
the information for the cylinder, press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click
|
||
outside the cell that contains the cursor. Information for any additional
|
||
cylinders can be added by using the + button at the top right
|
||
hand. Following is an example of a complete description for a dive made
|
||
using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used during a dive can be entered
|
||
using a dialogue very similar to that for the cylinder information. If the user
|
||
clicks the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks
|
||
like this:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Weights dialogue" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one then clicks on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible
|
||
through a down-arrow:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Weights type drop-down list button" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system or
|
||
the user may start typing in the box which shows the available options for
|
||
the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, the weight used during the
|
||
dive must be typed. After typing the information for the weight system the
|
||
user must either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell
|
||
that contains the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than
|
||
one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the
|
||
top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the
|
||
left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of
|
||
weights: integrated and a weight belt:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>There’s NO need to click the <em>Save</em> button before the dive profile has been
|
||
completed.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_CreateProfile">5.1.3. Creating a Dive Profile</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Dive Profile</strong> (a graphical representation of the depth of the dive as a
|
||
function of time) is indicated in the panel on the top right hand of the
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> window. When a dive is manually added to a logbook,
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> presents a default dive profile that needs to be modified to
|
||
best represent the dive being described:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DiveProfile1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Modifying the dive profile</em>: When the cursor is moved around the dive
|
||
profile, its position is indicated by two coloured lines (red and green) as
|
||
shown below. The depth and time that the cursor represents are indicated at
|
||
the top of the black information box (@ and D). The units (metric/imperial)
|
||
on the axes are determined by the <strong>Preference</strong> settings. The dive profile
|
||
itself comprises several line segments demarcated by waypoints (white dots
|
||
on the profile, as shown above). The default dive depth is 15 m. If the
|
||
dive depth was 20 m then the user needs to drag the appropriate waypoints
|
||
downwards to represent 20 m. To add a waypoint, double-click on any line
|
||
segment. To move an additional waypoint, drag it. To remove this waypoint,
|
||
right-click on it and choose "Remove this point" from the context menu. The
|
||
user needs to drag the waypoints to represent an accurate time duration for
|
||
the dive. Below is a dive profile that represents a dive to 20 m for 30 min,
|
||
followed by a 5 minute safety stop at 5 m.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DiveProfile2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Edited dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Specifying the gas composition:</em> The gas composition used is clearly
|
||
indicated along the line segments of the dive profile. This defaults to the
|
||
first gas mixture specified in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab, which was air in the
|
||
case of the profile illustrated above. The gas mixtures of segments of the
|
||
dive profile can be edited. This is done by right-clicking on the particular
|
||
waypoint and selecting the appropriate gas from the context menu. Changing
|
||
the gas for a waypoint affects the gas shown in the segment <em>to the left</em> of
|
||
that waypoint. Note that only the gases defined in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab
|
||
appear in the context menu.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DiveProfile3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Gas composition context menu" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is the profile of a dive to 25 m for 30 min and with a switch from air
|
||
to EAN50 at the end of the duration at 20m. In this case the first cylinder
|
||
in the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab contained air and the second cylinder contained
|
||
EAN50.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DiveProfile4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Completed dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_saving_the_hand_entered_dive_information">5.1.4. Saving the hand-entered dive information</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab as well as
|
||
the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> can now be saved in the user’s logbook by using the two
|
||
buttons on the top right hand of the Notes tab. If the <em>Save</em> button is
|
||
clicked, the dive data are saved in the current logbook. If the <em>Cancel</em>
|
||
button is clicked, the newly entered dive data are discarded. When exiting
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>, the user will be prompted once more to save the logbook with
|
||
the new dive(s).</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ImportDiveComputer">5.2. Importing new dive information from a Dive Computer</h3>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_connecting_and_importing_data_from_a_dive_computer">5.2.1. Connecting and importing data from a dive computer.</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The use of dive computers allows the collection of a large amount of
|
||
information about each dive, e.g. a detailed record of depth, duration,
|
||
rates of ascent/descent and of gas partial pressures. <em>Subsurface</em> can
|
||
capture this information and present it as part of the dive information,
|
||
using dive information from a wide range of dive computers. The latest list
|
||
of supported dive computers can be found at:
|
||
<a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/documentation/supported-dive-computers/">
|
||
Supported dive computers</a>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Several dive computers consume more power when they are in their
|
||
PC-Communication mode. <strong>This could drain the dive computer’s battery</strong>. We
|
||
therefore recommend that the user checks if the dive computer is charged
|
||
when connected to the USB port of a PC. For example, several Suunto and
|
||
Mares dive computers do not recharge through the USB connection. Users
|
||
should refer to the dive computer’s manual if they are unsure whether the
|
||
dive computer recharges its batteries while connected to the USB port.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To import dive information from a dive computer to a computer with
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>, it is necessary that the two pieces of equipment communicate
|
||
with one another. This involves setting up the communications port (or
|
||
mount point) of the computer with <em>Subsurface</em> that communicates with the
|
||
dive computer. In order to set up this communication, one needs to find the
|
||
appropriate information to instruct <em>Subsurface</em> where and how to import the
|
||
dive information.
|
||
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
|
||
A</a> provides the technical information to help the user achieving this for
|
||
different operating systems and
|
||
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
|
||
B</a> has dive computer specific information.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After this, the dive computer can be hooked up to the user’s PC, which can
|
||
be achieved by following these steps:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The interface cable should be connected to a free USB port (or the Infra-red
|
||
or Bluetooth connection set up as described later in this manual)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The dive computer should be placed into PC Communication mode.
|
||
(Users should refer to the manual of their specific dive computer)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In <em>Subsurface</em>, from the Main Menu, the user must select <em>Import → Import
|
||
From Dive Computer</em>. Dialogue <strong>A</strong> in the figure below appears:
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DC_import_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Download dialogue 1" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive computers tend to keep a certain number of dives in their memory, even
|
||
though these dives have already been imported to <em>Subsurface</em>. For that
|
||
reason, if the divecomputer allows this, <em>Subsurface</em> only imports dives
|
||
that have not been uploaded before. This makes the download process faster
|
||
on most dive computers and also saves battery power of the dive computer (at
|
||
least for those not charging while connected via USB). If, for some reason,
|
||
the user wishes to import ALL dives from the dive computer, even though some
|
||
may already be in the logbook, then check the check box labeled <em>Force
|
||
download of all dives</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The dialogue has two drop-down lists, <strong>Vendor</strong> and <strong>Dive Computer</strong>. On the
|
||
<strong>vendor</strong> drop-down list select the make of the computer, e.g. Suunto,
|
||
Oceanic, Uwatec, Mares. On the <strong>Dive Computer</strong> drop-down list, the model
|
||
name of the dive computer must be selected, e.g. D4 (Suunto), Veo200
|
||
(Oceanic), or Puck (Mares).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The <strong>Device or Mount Point</strong> drop-down list contains the USB or Bluetooth
|
||
port name that <em>Subsurface</em> needs in order to communicate with the dive
|
||
computer. The appropriate port name must be selected. Consult
|
||
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
|
||
A</a> and
|
||
<a href="#_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">Appendix
|
||
B</a> for technical details on how to find the appropriate port information for
|
||
a particular dive computer and, in some cases, how to do the correct
|
||
settings to the operating system of the computer on which <em>Subsurface</em> is
|
||
running.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
If all the dives on the dive computer need to be downloaded, check the
|
||
checkbox <em>Force download of all dives</em>. Normally, <em>Subsurface</em> only
|
||
downloads dives after the date-time of the last dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
|
||
panel. If one or more of your dives in <em>Subsurface</em> have been accidentally
|
||
deleted or if there are older dives that still need to be downloaded from
|
||
the dive computer, this checkbox needs to be activated. Some dive computers
|
||
(e.g. Mares Puck) do not provide a contents list to <em>Subsurface</em> before the
|
||
download in order to select only new dives. Consequently, for these dive
|
||
computers, all dives are downloaded irrespective of the status of this check
|
||
box.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
If the checkbox <em>Always prefer downloaded dives</em> has been checked and,
|
||
during download, dives with identical date-times exist on the dive computer
|
||
and on the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel, the dive in the <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
divelog will be overwritten by the dive record from the dive computer
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The checkbox marked <em>Download into new trip</em> ensures that, after upload, the
|
||
downloaded dives are grouped together as a new trip(s) in the <strong>Dive List</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Do <strong>not</strong> check the checkboxes labelled <em>Save libdivecomputer logfile</em> and
|
||
<em>Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</em>. These are only used as diagnostic tools
|
||
when problems with downloads are experienced (see below).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Then select the <em>Download</em> button. After successful download, Dialogue <strong>B</strong>
|
||
in the figure above appears.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
With communication established, one can see how the data are retrieved from
|
||
the dive computer. Depending on the make of the dive computer and/or number
|
||
of recorded dives, this could take some time. Be patient. The <em>Download</em>
|
||
dialogue shows a progress bar at the bottom of the dialogue (for some dive
|
||
computers the progress information could be inaccurate as we cannot
|
||
determine how much downloadable data there is until all data have been
|
||
downloaded). When the download of the dive information is complete, all the
|
||
imported dives appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, sorted by date and
|
||
time. Disconnect and switch off the dive computer to conserve its battery
|
||
power. If a particular dive is selected, the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel shows an
|
||
informative graph of dive depth against time for that particular dive.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the dives have been downloaded, they appear in a tabular format on the
|
||
righthand side of the dialogue (see image <strong>B</strong>, above). Each dive comprises a
|
||
row in the table, with the date, duration and depth shown. Next to each dive
|
||
is a checkbox: check all the dives that need to be transfered to the <strong>Dive
|
||
List</strong>. In the case of the image above, the last six dives are checked and
|
||
will be transfered to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After this has been completed, select the OK button. The checked dives are
|
||
transfered to the <strong>Dive List</strong>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
If there is a problem in communicating with the dive computer, an error
|
||
message will be shown, similar to this text: "Unable to open /dev/ttyUSB0
|
||
Mares (Puck Pro)". Refer to the text in the box below.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="sidebarblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>PROBLEMS WITH DATA DOWNLOAD FROM A DIVE COMPUTER?</strong></p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Check the following:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Is the dive computer still in PC-communication or Upload mode?
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Is the battery of the dive computer fully charged? If not then the battery
|
||
must be charged or replaced.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Is the connecting cable faulty? Does the cable work perfectly using other
|
||
software? Has it worked before, or is this the first time the cable is being
|
||
used? Are the contacts on the dive computer and the cable clean?
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Consult
|
||
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
|
||
A</a> and make sure that the correct Mount Point was specified (see above).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
On Unix-like operating systems, does the user have write permission to the
|
||
USB port? If not, consult
|
||
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">Appendix
|
||
A</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the <em>Subsurface</em> computer does not recognise the USB adaptor by showing
|
||
an appropriate device name next to the Mount Point, then there is a
|
||
possibility that the cable or USB adaptor is faulty. A faulty cable is the
|
||
most common cause of communication failure between dive computer and
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> computer. It is also possible that the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
|
||
cannot interpret the data. Perform a download for diagnostic purposes with
|
||
the following two check boxes checked in the download dialogue discussed
|
||
above:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>Save libdivecomputer logfile
|
||
Save libdivecomputer dumpfile</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important</strong>: These check boxes are only used when problems are encountered
|
||
during the download process: under normal circumstances they should not be checked.
|
||
When checking these boxes, the user is prompted to select a folder to
|
||
save the information to. The default folder is the one in which the <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
dive log is kept.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Important:</strong> <em>After downloading with the above checkboxes
|
||
checked, no dives are added to the
|
||
<strong>Dive List</strong> but two files are created in the folder selected above</em>:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>subsurface.log
|
||
subsurface.bin</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>These files should be send to the <em>Subsurface</em> mail list:
|
||
<em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em> with a request for the files to be
|
||
analysed. Provide the dive computer make and model as well as contextual
|
||
information about the dives recorded on the dive computer.</p></div>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_DeviceNames">5.2.2. Changing the name of a dive computer</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>It may be necessary to distinguish between different dive computers used to
|
||
upload dive logs to <em>Subsurface</em>. For instance if one’s partner’s dive
|
||
computer is the same make and model as one’s own and dive logs are uploaded
|
||
from both dive computers to the same <em>Subsurface</em> computer, then one would
|
||
perhaps like to call one dc "Alice’s Suunto D4" and the other one "Bob’s
|
||
Suunto D4". Alternatively, perhaps a technical diver dives with two or more
|
||
dive computers of the same model, the logs of both (or all) being uploaded.
|
||
In this case it might be prudent to call one of them "Suunto D4 (1)" and
|
||
another one "Suunto D4 (2)". This is easily done in <em>Subsurface</em>. On the
|
||
<strong>Main Menu</strong>, select <em>Log → Edit device names</em>. A dialog opens, indicating
|
||
the current Model, ID and Nickname of the dive computers used for
|
||
upload. Edit the Nickname field for the appropriate dive computer. After
|
||
saving the Nickname, the dive logs show the nickname for that particular
|
||
device instead of the model name, allowing easy identification of devices.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_EditDiveInfo">5.2.3. Updating the dive information imported from the dive computer.</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the uploaded dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the information from the dive
|
||
computer is not complete and more details must be added in order to have a
|
||
fuller record of the dives. To do this, the <strong>Notes</strong> and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs
|
||
on the top left hand of the <em>Subsurface</em> window should be used.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_notes_2">5.2.4. Notes</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The date and time of the dive, gas mixture and (often) water temperature are
|
||
usually shown as obtained from the dive computer, but the user needs to add
|
||
additional information by hand in order to have a more complete dive
|
||
record. In a few cases, (e.g. APD rebreathers) one also has to provide the
|
||
date and time of the dive. If the contents of this tab is changed or edited
|
||
in any way, the message in a blue box at the top of the panel indicates that
|
||
the dive is being edited. If one clicks on the <strong>Notes</strong> tab, the following
|
||
fields are visible:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/AddDive3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The Notes tab" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Time</strong> field reflects the date and time of the dive. By clicking the
|
||
date, a calendar is displayed from which one can choose the correct
|
||
date. Press ESC to close the calendar. The time values (hour and minutes)
|
||
can also be edited directly by clicking on each of them in the text box and
|
||
by overtyping the information displayed.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Air/water temperatures</strong>: Air and water temperatures during the dive are shown
|
||
in these fields to the right of the Start time. Many dive computers supply water
|
||
temperature information and this field may therefore contain information obtained from the dive computer.
|
||
If air temperature is not provided by the dive computer, the first temperature reading
|
||
might be used for the air temperature. Generally this is close enough to the real air temperature as
|
||
the change in the temperature sensor reading is quite slow to follow the changes in the environment.
|
||
If editing is required, only a value is required, the units of temperature will be
|
||
automatically supplied by
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> (according to the <em>Preferences</em>, metric or imperial units will
|
||
be used).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Location</strong>: In this field one should type in text that describes the site
|
||
where the dive was performed, e.g. "Tihany, Lake Balaton, Hungary".
|
||
Auto completion of location names will
|
||
make this easier if one frequently dives at the same sites.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Coordinates</strong>: The geographic coordinates of the dive site should be entered
|
||
here. These can come from three sources:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The user can find the coordinates on the world map in the bottom right hand
|
||
part of the Subsurface window. The map displays a green bar indicating "Move
|
||
the map and double-click to set the dive location". Double-click at the
|
||
appropriate place, the green bar disappears and the coordinates are stored.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The user can obtain the coordinates from the <em>Subsurface</em> Companion app if
|
||
an Android or iPhone device with GPS was used and if the coordinates of the
|
||
dive site were stored using that device. <a href="#S_Companion">Click here for
|
||
more information</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The coordinates can be entered by hand if they are known, using one of four
|
||
formats with latitude followed by longitude:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>ISO 6709 Annex D format e.g. 30°13'28.9"N 30°49'1.5"E Degrees and decimal
|
||
minutes, e.g. N30° 13.49760' , E30° 49.30788' Degrees minutes seconds,
|
||
e.g. N30° 13' 29.8" , E30° 49' 1.5" Decimal degrees, e.g. 30.22496 ,
|
||
30.821798</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Southern hemisphere latitudes are given with a <strong>S</strong>, e.g. S30°, or with a
|
||
negative value, e.g. -30.22496. Similarly, western longitudes are given with
|
||
a <strong>W</strong>, e.g. W07°, or with a negative value, e.g. -7.34323.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Please note that GPS coordinates of a dive site are linked to the Location
|
||
name - so adding coordinates to dives that do not have a location
|
||
description will cause unexpected behaviour (Subsurface will think that all
|
||
of these dives have the same location and try to keep their GPS coordinates
|
||
the same).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Dive mode</strong>: This is a dropdown box allowing one to choose the type of dive
|
||
performed. The options are OC (Open Circuit, the default seting, meant for most recreational dives),
|
||
Freedive (dive without SCUBA equipment), CCR (Closed-circuit
|
||
rebreather) and pSCR (Passive semi-closed rebreather).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemaster</strong>: The name of the dive master or dive guide for this dive should be
|
||
entered in this field
|
||
which offers auto completion based on the list of dive masters in
|
||
the current logbook.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Buddy</strong>: In this field, one enters the name(s) of the buddy / buddies
|
||
(separated with commas) who accompanied him/her on the
|
||
dive. Auto completion based on the list of buddies in the current logbook is
|
||
offered.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Suit</strong>: Here the type of diving suit used for the dive can be entered.
|
||
Auto completion of the suit description is available.
|
||
Some dry-suit users may choose to use this field to record what combination of
|
||
suit and thermal protection undersuit was used.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Rating</strong>: One can provide a subjective overall rating of the dive on a
|
||
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star on the rating scale.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Visibility</strong>: Similarly, one can provide a rating of visibility during the
|
||
dive on a
|
||
5-point scale by clicking the appropriate star.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Tags</strong>: Tags that describe the type of dive performed can be entered
|
||
here (separated by commas). Examples of common tags are boat, drift, training,
|
||
cave, etc.
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> has many built-in tags. If the user starts typing a tag, the
|
||
program
|
||
will list the tags that correspond to the typing. For instance, if the user
|
||
typed
|
||
<code>cav</code>, then the tags <strong>cave</strong> and <strong>cavern</strong> are shown for the user to choose from.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Notes</strong>: Any additional information for the dive can be entered here.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>Save</strong> and <strong>Cancel</strong> buttons are used to save all the information for
|
||
tabs in the info panel and in the dive profile panel, so there’s no need to
|
||
use them until ALL other information has been added. Here is an example of a
|
||
completed Notes panel:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CompletedDiveInfo_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed Notes tab" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_equipment_2">5.2.5. Equipment</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Equipment tab allows one to enter information about the type of cylinder
|
||
and gas used as well as the weights used for the dive. The message in a blue
|
||
box at the top of the panel:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/BlueEditBar_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Blue edit bar" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>indicates that the dive is being edited. This is a highly interactive part
|
||
of <em>Subsurface</em> and the information on cylinders and gases (entered here)
|
||
determines the behaviour of the dive profile (top right-hand panel).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph" id="cylinder_definitions"><p><strong>Cylinders</strong>: The cylinder information is entered through a dialogue that looks
|
||
like this:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Initial cylinder dialogue" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> obtains the gas used from the dive computer and
|
||
automatically inserts the gas composition(% oxygen) in the table. The<br />
|
||
button at the top right allows the user to add more cylinders for this
|
||
dive. The dark dustbin icon on the left allows the deletion of information
|
||
for a cylinder. Note that it is not possible to delete a cylinder if it is
|
||
used during the dive. A cylinder might be implicitly used in the dive, even
|
||
without a gas change event.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The user should start by selecting a cylinder type on the left-hand side of
|
||
the table. To select a cylinder, the <strong>cylinder type</strong> box should be
|
||
clicked. This brings up a list button that can be used to display a dropdown
|
||
list of cylinders:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DC_gas-dialogue2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: The cylinder drop-down list button" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the cylinder type that was
|
||
used for this dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
|
||
available options for the entered characters. The <strong>Size</strong> of the cylinder as
|
||
well as its working pressure (<strong>WorkPress</strong>) will automatically be shown in
|
||
the dialogue.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next one must indicate the starting pressure and the ending pressure of the
|
||
specified gas during the dive. The unit of pressure (metric/imperial)
|
||
corresponds to the settings chosen in the <em>Preferences</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Finally, provide the gas mixture used. If air was used, the value of 21% can
|
||
be entered or this field can be left blank. If nitrox or trimix were used,
|
||
their percentages of oxygen and/or helium should be entered. Any
|
||
inappropriate fields should be left empty. After typing the information for
|
||
the cylinder, either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside the cell
|
||
that contains the cursor. Information for any additional cylinders can be
|
||
added by using the + button at the top right hand. Following is an example
|
||
of a complete description for a dive using two cylinders (air and EAN50):</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CylinderDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: a completed cylinder dive information table" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Weights</strong>: Information about the weight system used can be entered
|
||
using a dialogue very similar to that of the cylinder information. If one
|
||
clicks
|
||
the + button on the top right of the weights dialogue, the table looks like
|
||
this:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:The Weights dialogue" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>By clicking on the <strong>Type</strong> field, a drop-down list becomes accessible through
|
||
a down-arrow:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Weights type drop-down list button" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The drop-down list can then be used to select the type of weight system used
|
||
during the dive or the user may start typing in the box which shows the
|
||
available options for the entered characters. In the <strong>Weight</strong> field, type
|
||
in the amount of weight used during the dive. After specifying the weight
|
||
system, the user can either press <em>ENTER</em> on the keyboard or click outside
|
||
the cell with the cursor. It is possible to enter information for more than
|
||
one weight system by adding an additional system using the + button on the
|
||
top right hand. Weight systems can be deleted using the dustbin icon on the
|
||
left hand. Here is an example of information for a dive with two types of
|
||
weights: integrated as well as a weight belt:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/WeightsDataEntry3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A completed weights information table" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_editing_several_selected_dives_simultaneously">5.2.6. Editing several selected dives simultaneously</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>METHOD 1</em>: After uploading dives from a dive computer, the dive profiles of
|
||
the uploaded dives are shown in the <strong>Dive profile</strong> tab, as well as a few
|
||
items of information in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab (e.g. water temperature) and in the
|
||
<strong>Equipment</strong> tab (e.g. gas pressures and gas composition). However the other
|
||
fields remain empty. It may be useful to simultaneously edit some of the
|
||
fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. For instance, it is possible
|
||
that a diver performed several dives during a single day, using identical
|
||
equipment while diving at the same dive site or with the same dive master
|
||
and/or buddy or tags. Instead of completing the information for each of
|
||
these dives separately, one can select all the dives for that day in the
|
||
<strong>Dive List</strong> and insert the same information in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong>
|
||
fields that need identical information. This is achieved by editing the dive
|
||
notes or the equipment for any one of the selected dives.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The simultaneous editing only works with fields that do not already contain
|
||
information. This means that, if some fields have been edited for a
|
||
particular dive among the selected dives, these are not changed while
|
||
editing the dives simultaneously. Technically, the rule for editing several
|
||
dives simultaneously is: if the data field being edited contains <em>exactly
|
||
the same information</em> for all the dives that have been selected, the new,
|
||
edited information is substituted for all the selected dives, otherwise only
|
||
the edited dive is changed, even though several dives have been selected in
|
||
the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This greatly speeds up the completion of the dive log after
|
||
several similar dives.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph" id="S_CopyComponents"><p><em>METHOD 2</em>:There is a different way of achieving the same goal. Select a
|
||
dive with all the appropriate information typed into the <strong>Notes</strong> and
|
||
<strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Then, from the main menu, select <em>Log → Copy dive
|
||
components</em>. A box is presented with a selection of check boxes for most of
|
||
the fields in the <strong>Notes</strong> and <strong>Equipment</strong> tabs. Select the fields to be
|
||
copied from the currently selected dive, then select <em>OK</em>. Now, in the <strong>Dive
|
||
List</strong>, select the dives into which this information is to be pasted. Then,
|
||
from the main menu, select <em>Log → Paste dive components</em>. All the selected
|
||
dives now contain the data initially selected in the original source dive
|
||
log.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_adding_bookmarks_to_a_dive">5.2.7. Adding Bookmarks to a dive</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers wish to annotate their dives with text that indicate particular
|
||
events during the dive, e.g. "Saw dolphins", or "Released surface
|
||
buoy". This is easily done:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Right-click at the appropriate point on the dive profile. This brings up
|
||
the dive profile context menu. Select <em>Add bookmark</em>. A red flag is placed
|
||
on the dive profile at the point that was initially selected (see <strong>A</strong>
|
||
below).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Right-click on the red flag. This brings up the context menu (see <strong>B</strong>
|
||
below). Select <em>Edit name</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
A text box is shown. Type the explanatory text for the bookmark (see <strong>C</strong>
|
||
below). Select <em>OK</em>. This saves the text associated with the bookmark.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
If one hovers using the mouse over the red bookmark, the appropriate text is
|
||
shown at the bottom of the information box (see <strong>D</strong> below).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Bookmarks.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Bookmark dialog" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_saving_the_updated_dive_information">5.2.8. Saving the updated dive information</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The information entered in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab and the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab can be
|
||
saved by using the two buttons on the top right hand of the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. If
|
||
the <em>Save</em> button is clicked, the dive data are saved. If the <em>Cancel</em>
|
||
button is clicked, then the newly entered dive data are deleted, although
|
||
the dive profile obtained from the dive computer will be retained. When the
|
||
user exits <em>Subsurface</em> there is a final prompt to confirm that the new data
|
||
should be saved.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_importing_dive_information_from_other_digital_data_sources_or_other_data_formats">5.3. Importing dive information from other digital data sources or other data formats</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph" id="S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs"><p>If a user has been diving for some time, it is possible that several dives
|
||
were logged using other dive log software. This information does not need
|
||
retyping because these dive logs can probably be imported into
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> will import dive logs from a range of other dive
|
||
log software. While some software is supported natively, for others the user
|
||
has to export the logbook(s) to an intermediate format so that they can then
|
||
be imported by <em>Subsurface</em>. Currently, <em>Subsurface</em> supports importing CSV
|
||
log files from several sources. APD LogViewer, XP5, Sensus and Seabear
|
||
files are preconfigured, but because the import is flexible, users can
|
||
configure their own imports. Manually kept log files (e.g. in spreadsheet)
|
||
can also be imported by configuring the CSV import. <em>Subsurface</em> can also
|
||
import UDDF and UDCF files used by some divelog software and some dive
|
||
computers, like the Heinrichs & Weikamp DR5. Finally, for some divelog
|
||
software like Mares Dive Organiser it is currently suggested to import the
|
||
logbooks first into a webservice like <em>divelogs.de</em> and then import them
|
||
from there with <em>Subsurface</em>, as divelogs.de supports a few additional
|
||
logbook formats that <em>Subsurface</em> currently cannot parse.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the format of other software is supported natively on Subsurface, it
|
||
should be sufficient to select either <em>Import → Import log files</em> or <em>File
|
||
→ Open log file</em>. <em>Subsurface</em> supports the data formats of many dive
|
||
computers, including Suunto and Shearwater. When importing dives,
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> tries to detect multiple records for the same dive and merges
|
||
the information as best as it can. If there are no time zone issues (or
|
||
other reasons that would cause the beginning time of the dives to be
|
||
significantly different) <em>Subsurface</em> will not create duplicate entries.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_using_the_universal_import_dialogue">5.3.1. Using the universal import dialogue</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph" id="Unified_import"><p>Importing dives from other software is performed through a universal
|
||
interface that is activated by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu, then
|
||
clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This brings up the dialogue <strong>A</strong> below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Import dialogue: step 1" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Towards the bottom right is a dropdown selector with a default label of
|
||
<em>Dive Log Files</em> which gives access to the different types of direct imports
|
||
available, as in dialogue <strong>B</strong>, above. Currently these are:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
XML-formatted dive logs (DivingLog 5.0, MacDive and several other dive log
|
||
systems)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
UDDF-formatted dive logs (e.g. Kenozoooid)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
UDCF-formatted dive logs
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Poseidon MkVI CCR logs
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
JDiveLog
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Suunto Dive Manager (DM3 and DM4)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
CSV (text-based and spreadsheet-based) dive logs, including APD CCR logs
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the appropriate file in the file list of the dialogue opens the
|
||
imported dive log in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong>. Some other formats, not
|
||
accessible through the Import dialogue are also supported, as explained
|
||
below.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_importing_from_heinrichs_weikamp_ostc_tools">5.3.2. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp OSTC Tools</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>OSTC Tools</em> is a Microsoft-based suite of dive download and dive management
|
||
tools for the OSTC family of dive computers. <em>OSTC Tools</em> downloads dive
|
||
data from the dive computer and stores it as a binary file with file
|
||
extension <em>.dive</em> . Subsurface can directly import these files when using
|
||
the universal import dialogue. From the dropdown list at the bottom right
|
||
select <em>All files</em>. This makes the <em>OSTC Tools</em> dive logs visible in the
|
||
file list panel. Select one or more dive, then click the <em>Open</em> button. The
|
||
OSTC dives are shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_importing_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">5.3.3. Importing from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since Mares utilise proprietary Windows software not compatible with
|
||
multi-platform applications, these dive logs cannot be directly imported
|
||
into <em>Subsurface</em>. Mares dive logs need to be imported using a three-step
|
||
process, using <em>www.divelogs.de</em> as a mechanism to extract the dive log
|
||
information.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The dive log data from Mares Dive Organiser need to be exported to the
|
||
user’s desktop, using a <em>.sdf</em> file name extension. Refer to
|
||
<a href="#Mares_Export">Appendix C</a> for more information.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Data should then be imported into <em>www.divelogs.de</em>. One needs to create a
|
||
user account in <em>www.divelogs.de</em>, log into that web site, then select
|
||
<em>Import Logbook → Dive Organiser</em> from the menu on the left hand side. The
|
||
instructions must be carefully followed to transfer the dive information (in
|
||
<em>.sdf</em> format) from the Dive Organiser database to <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Finally, import the dives from <em>divelogs.de</em> to <em>Subsurface</em>, using the
|
||
instructions below.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_ImportingDivelogsDe">5.3.4. Importing dives from <strong>divelogs.de</strong></h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive information from <em>divelogs.de</em> is simple, using a single
|
||
dialogue box. The <em>Import → Import from Divelogs.de</em> option should be
|
||
selected from the Main Menu. This brings up a dialogue box (see figure on
|
||
left [<strong>A</strong>] below). Enter a user-ID and password for <em>divelogs.de</em> into the
|
||
appropriate fields and then select the <em>Download</em> button. Download from
|
||
<em>divelogs.de</em> starts immediately, displaying a progress bar in the dialogue
|
||
box. At the end of the download, the success status is indicated (see figure
|
||
on the right [<strong>B</strong>], below). The <em>Apply</em> button should then be selected,
|
||
after which the imported dives appear in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Divelogs1.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Download from Divelogs.de" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_ImportingCSVData">5.3.5. Importing data in CSV format</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>A comma-separated file (.csv) can be used to import dive information either
|
||
as dive profiles (as in the case of the APD Inspiration and Evolution closed
|
||
circuit rebreathers) or as dive metadata (in case the user keeps dive data
|
||
in a spreadsheet). The <em>CSV</em> format is a universal simplified format that
|
||
allows for easy information exchange between different computers or software
|
||
packages. For an introduction to CSV-formatted files see <a href="#S_CSV_Intro">A
|
||
Diver’s Introduction To CSV Files</a>. <em>Subsurface</em> dive logs can also be
|
||
exported in <em>CSV</em> format to other software that reads this format. See
|
||
<a href="#S_Appendix_D">APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</a> for
|
||
information that may be helpful for importing spreadsheet-based data into
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing dives in CSV format from dive computers or other dive log software</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can view a <em>CSV</em> file by using an ordinary text editor. It is normally
|
||
organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em> or
|
||
<em>column headings</em>) of the data columns, followed by the data, one record per
|
||
line.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two types of <em>CSV</em> dive logs that can be imported into
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>CSV dive details</em>: This dive log format contains similar information to
|
||
that of a typical written dive log, e.g. dive date and time, dive depth,
|
||
dive duration, names of buddy and dive master and perhaps some information
|
||
about cylinder pressures before and after the dive, as well as a comment or
|
||
two about the dive. All the data for a single dive go on a single line of
|
||
text, following the order of the column headings.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>CSV dive profile</em>: This dive log format includes much more information
|
||
about a single dive. For instance there may be information at 30-second
|
||
intervals, indicating depth, water temperature at that depth, and cylinder
|
||
pressure at that moment in time. Each line contains the information for a
|
||
single instant in time during the dive, 30 seconds after that of the
|
||
previous instant. Many lines are required to complete the depth profile
|
||
information for a single dive. This is a common export format used by
|
||
closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive equipment and many software packages
|
||
that handle dive computer data and/or dive logs.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Before being able to import the <em>CSV</em> data to <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>one needs to
|
||
know a few things about the data being imported</strong>:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist loweralpha"><ol class="loweralpha">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Which character separates the different columns within a single line of
|
||
data? This field separator should be either a comma (,) or a TAB character.
|
||
This can be determined by opening the file with a text editor. If it is
|
||
comma-delimited, then the comma characters between the values are clearly
|
||
visible. If no commas are evident and the numbers are aligned in columns,
|
||
the file is probably TAB-delimited (i.e. it uses a TAB as a field
|
||
separator).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Which data columns need to be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>? Is it a <em>CSV dive
|
||
details</em> file or a <em>CSV dive profile</em> file? Open the file using a text
|
||
editor and note the titles of the columns to be imported and their column
|
||
positions.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Is the numeric information (e.g. dive depth) in metric or in imperial unis?
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Armed with this information, importing the data into <em>Subsurface</em> is
|
||
straightforward. Select <em>Import → Import Log Files</em> from the main menu. In
|
||
the resulting file selection menu, select <em>CSV files</em> (towards the bottom
|
||
right). This shows all .CSV files in the selected directory. Select the file
|
||
that needs to be imported. A configuration panel appears as depicted below:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/csv_import1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 1" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Notice that, at the top left, there is a dropdown list containing
|
||
pre-configured settings for some of the more common dive computers and
|
||
software packages encountered by divers. If the <em>CSV</em> file being imported
|
||
originated from any of these pre-configured items, then select it. Otherwise
|
||
use the <em>Manual Import</em> option. The configuration panel also has dropdown
|
||
lists for the specification of the appropriate field separator (Tab, comma
|
||
or semicolon), the date format used in the <em>CSV</em> file, the time units
|
||
(seconds, minutes or minutes:seconds), as well as the unit system (metric or
|
||
imperial). Selecting the appropriate options among these is critical for the
|
||
successful import of the data.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The last remaining task is to ensure that all the data columns have the
|
||
appropriate column headings. The top line of the white part of the data
|
||
table contains the column headings found in the <em>CSV</em> data file. The blue
|
||
row of cells immediately above these contains the names understood by
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>. The white area below the dropdown lists contains all the field
|
||
names that <em>Subsurface</em> recognises. These names are in blue balloons and can
|
||
be moved using a drag-and-drop action. For instance, <em>Subsurface</em> expects
|
||
the column heading for Dive number (" # ") to be "Dive # ". If the column
|
||
heading that <em>Subsurface</em> expects is not in the blue cells, then drag the
|
||
appropriate column heading from the upper area and drop it in the
|
||
appropriate blue cell at the top of the table. To indicate the correct
|
||
column for "Dive #", drag the ballooned item labeled "Dive # " and drop it
|
||
in the blue cell immediately above the white cell containing " # ". This is
|
||
depicted in the image below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/csv_import2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CSV download dialogue 2" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Continue in this way to ensure that all the column headings in the blue row
|
||
of cells correspond to the headings listed in the top part of the
|
||
dialogue. Having completed this task, select the <em>OK</em> button to the bottom
|
||
right og the dialogue. The data from the <em>CSV</em> file are imported and shown
|
||
in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sidebarblock" id="S_CSV_Intro">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>A Diver’s Introduction to <em>CSV</em> Files</strong></p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content"><em>CSV</em> is an abbreviation for a data file format: <em>Comma-Separated
|
||
Values</em>. It is a file format allowing someone to view or edit the
|
||
information using a text editor such as Notepad (Windows), gedit (Linux) or
|
||
TextWrangler (OS/X). The two main advantages of the <em>CSV</em> format is that the
|
||
data are easily editable as text without any proprietary software and
|
||
ensuring all information is human-readable, not being obscured by any custom
|
||
or proprietary attributes that proprietary software insert into files.
|
||
Because of its simplicity the <em>CSV</em> format is used as an interchange format
|
||
between many software packages, e.g. between spreadsheet, statistical,
|
||
graphics, database and diving software. Within <em>Subsurface</em>, <em>CSV</em> files can
|
||
also be used to import information from other sources such as
|
||
spreadsheet-based dive logs and even from some dive computers.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>CSV</em> files can be created or edited with a normal text editor. The most
|
||
important attribute of a <em>CSV</em> file is the <em>field separator</em>, the character
|
||
used to separate fields within a single line. The field separator is
|
||
frequently a comma, a colon, a SPACE character or a TAB character. When
|
||
exporting data from spreadsheet software, the field separator needs to be
|
||
specified in order to create the <em>CSV</em> file. <em>CSV</em> files are normally
|
||
organised into a single line that provides the headers (or <em>field names</em>) of
|
||
the data columns, followed by the data, one record per line. Note that each
|
||
field name may comprise more than one word separated by spaces; for instance
|
||
<em>Dive site</em>, below. Here is an example of dive information for four dives
|
||
using a comma as a field separator:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>Dive site,Dive date,Time,Dive_duration, Dive_depth,Dive buddy
|
||
Illovo Beach,2012-11-23,10:45,46:15,18.4,John Smith
|
||
Key Largo,2012-11-24,09:12,34:15,20.4,Jason McDonald
|
||
Wismar Baltic,2012-12-01,10:13,35:27,15.4,Dieter Albrecht
|
||
Pulau Weh,2012-12-20,09:46,55:56,38.6,Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this format the data are not easily read by a human. Here is the same
|
||
information in TAB-delimited format:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>Dive site Dive date Time Dive_duration Dive_depth Dive buddy
|
||
Illovo Beach 2012-11-23 10:45 46:15 18.4 John Smith
|
||
Key Largo 2012-11-24 09:12 34:15 20.4 Jason McDonald
|
||
Wismar Baltic 2012-12-01 10:13 35:27 15.4 Dieter Albrecht
|
||
Pulau Weh 2012-12-20 09:46 55:56 38.6 Karaeng Bontonompo</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is clear why many people prefer the TAB-delimited format to the
|
||
comma-delimited format. The disadvantage is that one cannot see the TAB
|
||
characters. For instance, the space between <em>Dive</em> and <em>date</em> in the top
|
||
line may be a SPACE character or a TAB character (in this case it is a SPACE
|
||
character: the tabs are before and after <em>Dive date</em>). If the field names in
|
||
the first line are long, the alignment with data in the other lines cannot
|
||
be maintained. Here is a highly simplified and shortened TAB-delimited
|
||
example of a <em>CSV</em> dive log from an APD closed-circuit rebreather (CCR) dive
|
||
computer:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>Dive Time (s) Depth (m) pO₂ - Setpoint (Bar) pO₂ - C1 Cell 1 (Bar) Ambient temp. (Celsius)
|
||
0 0.0 0.70 0.81 13.1
|
||
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
|
||
0 0.0 0.70 0.71 13.1
|
||
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.2
|
||
0 1.2 0.70 0.71 13.1
|
||
10 1.6 0.70 0.72 12.7
|
||
20 1.6 0.70 0.71 12.6
|
||
30 1.7 0.70 0.71 12.6
|
||
40 1.8 0.70 0.68 12.5</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a <em>CSV</em> file is selected for import, <em>Subsurface</em> displays the column
|
||
headers as well as some of the data in the first few lines of the <em>CSV</em>
|
||
file, making it much easier to work with <em>CSV</em> files. <em>CSV</em> files can
|
||
therefore be used in many contexts for importing data into a <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
dive log. Knowledge of a few basic things about the content of the <em>CSV</em>
|
||
file allows a smooth import of the dives into <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">The <em>CSV</em> import has a couple of caveats. One should avoid some special
|
||
characters like ampersand (&), less than (<), greater than (>) and double
|
||
quotes (") as part of the numbers or text within a cell. The file should use
|
||
UTF-8 character set, if using non-ASCII characters. Also the size of the
|
||
<em>CSV</em> file might cause problems. Importing 100 dives at a time (<em>CSV dive
|
||
details</em>) works, but larger files might exceed limits of the parser
|
||
used. When encountering problems with <em>CSV</em> imports, first try with a
|
||
smaller file to make sure everything works.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_Companion">5.4. Importing GPS coordinates with the <em>Subsurface Companion App</em> for mobile phones</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Using the <strong>Subsurface Companion App</strong> on an <em>Android device</em> with a GPS or
|
||
<a href="#S_iphone"><em>iPhone</em></a>, the coordinates for the diving location can be
|
||
automatically passed to the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log. The Companion App stores
|
||
the dive locations on a dedicated Internet-based file server. <em>Subsurface</em>,
|
||
in turn, can collect the localities from the file server.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To do this:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_create_a_companion_app_account">5.4.1. Create a Companion App account</h4>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Register on the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web
|
||
page</em></a>. A confirmation email with instructions and a personal <strong>DIVERID</strong>
|
||
will be sent, a long number that gives access to the file server and
|
||
Companion App capabilities.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Download the app from
|
||
<a href="https://play.google.com/store/apps/details?id=org.subsurface">Google Play
|
||
Store</a> or from
|
||
<a href="http://f-droid.org/repository/browse/?fdfilter=subsurface&fdid=org.subsurface">F-Droid</a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_using_the_subsurface_companion_app_on_an_android_smartphone">5.4.2. Using the Subsurface companion app on an Android smartphone</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>On first use the app has three options:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Create a new account.</em> Equivalent to registering in <em>Subsurface</em> companion
|
||
page using an Internet browser. One can request a <strong>DIVERID</strong> using this
|
||
option, but this is supplied via email and followed up by interaction with
|
||
the <a href="http://api.hohndel.org/login/"><em>Subsurface companion web page</em></a> in order
|
||
to activate the account.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Retrieve an account.</em> If users forgot their <strong>DIVERID</strong> they will receive an
|
||
email to recover the number.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Use an existing account.</em> Users are prompted for their <strong>DIVERID</strong>. The app
|
||
saves this <strong>DIVERID</strong> and does not ask for it again unless one uses the
|
||
<em>Disconnect</em> menu option (see below).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">In the <em>Subsurface</em> main program, the <strong>DIVERID</strong> should also be entered on
|
||
the Default Preferences panel, obtained by selecting <em>File → Preferences →
|
||
Defaults</em> from the main menu in <em>Subsurface</em> itself. This facilitates
|
||
synchronisation between <em>Subsurface</em> and the Companion App.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_creating_new_dive_locations">Creating new dive locations</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now one is ready to get a dive position and send it to the server. The
|
||
Android display will look like the left hand image (<strong>A</strong>) below, but without
|
||
any dives.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Touch the "+" icon on the top right to add a new dive site, a menu will be
|
||
showed with 3 options:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Current: A prompt for a place name (or a request to activate the GPS if it
|
||
is turned off) will be displayed, after which the current location is saved.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Use Map: This option allows the user to fix a position by searching a world
|
||
map. A world map is shown (see <strong>B</strong> below) on which one should indicate the
|
||
desired position with a <em>long press</em> on the touch sensitive screen (if the
|
||
marked location is erroneous, simply indicate a new location) and select
|
||
the check symbol in the upper right. A dialog is shown allowing to enter the
|
||
name of the dive location and the date-time of the dive (see <strong>C</strong> below). In
|
||
order to import this dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> it’s advisable to set the
|
||
time to agree with the time of that dive on the dive computer.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Companion_5.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Import local GPX file: The android device searches for .gpx files and
|
||
located archives will be shown. The selected .gpx file is opened and the
|
||
stored locations shown. Now one needs to select the appropriate locations,
|
||
then select the tab in the upper right, after which the locations will be
|
||
sent to the web service and added to the list on the Android device.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_dive_lists_of_dive_locations">Dive lists of dive locations</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The main screen shows a list of dive locations, each with a name, date and
|
||
time (see <strong>A</strong> below). Some locations may have an arrow-up icon over the
|
||
selection box to the left indicating that they require upload to the
|
||
server. One can select individual dive locations from the list. A selected
|
||
location has a check mark in the selection box on the left. Group operations
|
||
(such as <em>Delete</em> or <em>Send</em>) are performed on several locations that are
|
||
selected.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive locations in this list can be viewed in two ways: a list of locations
|
||
or a map indicating the dive locations. The display mode (List or Map) is
|
||
changed by selecting <em>Dives</em> at the top left of the screen (see <strong>A</strong> below)
|
||
and then selecting the display mode. The display mode can be changed either
|
||
from the list of locations or from the map (see <strong>B</strong> below). If one selects a
|
||
location (on the list or on the map), an editing panel opens (see <strong>C</strong> below)
|
||
where the dive description or other details may be changed.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Companion_4.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Companion App, add location using map" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>When one clicks on a dive (<strong>not</strong> selecting the check box), the name given to
|
||
it, date/time and GPS coordinates will be shown, with two options at the top
|
||
of the screen:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Edit (pencil): Change the text name or other characteristics of the dive
|
||
location.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Maps: Display a map showing the dive location.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After editing and saving a dive location (see <strong>C</strong> above), one needs to
|
||
upload it to the web service, as explained below.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_uploading_dive_locations">Uploading dive locations</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several ways to send locations to the server. The easiest is by
|
||
simply selecting the locations (See <strong>A</strong> below) and then touching the right
|
||
arrow at the top right of the screen.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Users must be careful, as the trash icon on the right means exactly what it
|
||
should; it deletes the selected dive location(s).</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Companion_1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Screen shots (A-B) of companion app" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a dive trip using the Companion App, all dive locations are ready to
|
||
be downloaded to a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log (see below).</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_settings_on_the_companion_app">Settings on the Companion app</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Settings</em> menu option results in the right hand image above
|
||
(<strong>B</strong>).</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_server_and_account">Server and account</h5>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Web-service URL.</em> This is predefined (<a href="http://api.hohndel.org/">http://api.hohndel.org/</a>)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>User ID.</em> The DIVERID obtained by registering as described above. The
|
||
easiest way to obtain it is simply to copy and paste from the confirmation
|
||
email but, of course, users can also type this information.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_synchronisation">Synchronisation</h5>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Synchronize on startup.</em> If selected, dive locations in the Android device
|
||
and those on the web service synchronise each time the app is started.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Upload new dives.</em> If selected, each time the user adds a dive location it
|
||
is automatically sent to the server.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_background_service">Background service</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Instead of entering a unique dive location, users can leave the service
|
||
running in the background of their Android device, allowing the continuous
|
||
collection of GPS locations.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The settings below define the behaviour of the service:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Min duration.</em> In minutes. The app will try to get a location every X
|
||
minutes until stopped by the user.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Min distance.</em> In meters. Minimum distance between two locations.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Name template.</em> The name the app will use when saving the locations.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Tip" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content"><em>How does the background service work?</em> Assuming the user sets 5 minutes and
|
||
50 meters in the settings above, the app will start by recording a location
|
||
at the current location, followed by another one at every 5 minutes <strong>or</strong>
|
||
every time one moves 50m from previous location. If subsequent locations
|
||
are within a radius of 50 meters from the previous one, a new location is
|
||
not saved. If the user is not moving, only one location is saved, but if the
|
||
user is moving, a trace of the route is obtained by saving a location every
|
||
50 meters.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_other">Other</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Mailing List.</em> The mail box for <em>Subsurface</em>. Users can send an email to
|
||
the Subsurface mailing list.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Subsurface website.</em> A link to the URL of Subsurface web
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Version.</em> Displays the current version of the Companion App.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_search">Search</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Search the saved dive locations by name or by date and time.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_start_service">Start service</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Initiates the <em>background service</em> following the previously defined
|
||
settings.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_disconnect">Disconnect</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is a badly named option that disconnects the app from the server by
|
||
resetting the user ID in the app, showing the first screen where an account
|
||
can be created, retrieve the ID for an existing account or use the users own
|
||
ID. The disconnect option is useful if a user’s Android device was used to
|
||
download the dive locations of another registered diver.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_send_all_locations">Send all locations</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This option sends all locations stored in the Android device to the server.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_iphone">5.4.3. Using the Subsurface companion app on an <em>iPhone</em> to record dive locations</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The iPhone interface is quite simple. One needs to type the user ID
|
||
(obtained during registration) into the space reserved for it, then select
|
||
"Dive in" (see left part of the image below) and start collecting dive
|
||
location information.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/iphone.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Using iPhone companion application" width="640" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be added automatically or manually. In manual mode, a dive
|
||
location or waypoint is added to the GPS input stream. In automatic mode, a
|
||
continuous path of GPS locations is created from which, much later, after
|
||
import, subsurface can select the appropriate GPS locations based on the
|
||
times of dives. The default mode for the <em>iphone</em> is automatic. When one
|
||
adds a dive, the location service is started automatically and a red bar
|
||
appears at the bottom of the screen. After the dive one can click on the red
|
||
bar to end the location service. While the location service is running one
|
||
can only add dives using the manual mechanism.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can edit the site name afterwards by selecting the dive from the dive
|
||
list and clicking on the site name. There are no other editable fields. The
|
||
dive list is automatically uploaded from the iphone to the webservice and
|
||
there is not an option to trigger upload manually.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_downloading_dive_locations_to_the_em_subsurface_em_divelog">5.4.4. Downloading dive locations to the <em>Subsurface</em> divelog</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Download dive(s) from a dive computer or enter them manually into
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> before obtaining the GPS coordinates from the server. The
|
||
download dialog can be reached via <em>Ctrl+G</em> or from the <em>Subsurface</em> Main
|
||
Menu <em>Import → Import GPS data from Subsurface Service</em>, resulting in the
|
||
image on the left (<strong>A</strong>), below. On first use the DIVERID text box is
|
||
blank. Provide a DIVERID, then select the <em>Download</em> button to initiate the
|
||
download process, after which the screen on the right (<strong>B</strong>) below appears:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DownloadGPS.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Downloading Companion app GPS data" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that the <em>Apply</em> button is now active. By clicking on it, users can
|
||
update the locations of the newly entered or uploaded dives in <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
which applies the coordinates and names entered on the app for all the new
|
||
dives that match the date-times of the uploaded GPS localities. If one has
|
||
entered the name of the dive location in <em>Subsurface</em> before downloading the
|
||
GPS coordinates, this name will take precedence over downloaded one.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Since <em>Subsurface</em> matches GPS locations from the Android device and dive
|
||
information from the dive computer based on date-time data, automatic
|
||
assignment of GPS data to dives is dependent on agreement of the date-time
|
||
information between these two devices. Although <em>Subsurface</em> has a wide
|
||
range tolerance, it may be unable to identify the appropriate dive if there
|
||
is a large difference between the time in the dive computer and that of the
|
||
Android device, resulting in no updates.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Similar date-times may not always be possible and there may be many reasons
|
||
for this (e.g. time zones), or <em>Subsurface</em> may be unable to decide which is
|
||
the correct position for a dive (e.g. on repetitive dives while running
|
||
<em>background service</em> there may be several locations that would be included
|
||
in the time range that fit not only the first dive, but one or more
|
||
subsequent dives as well). A workaround for this situation to manually edit
|
||
the date-time of a dive in the <em>Subsurface</em> Dive List <strong>before</strong> downloading
|
||
the GPS data and then to change the date-time back again <strong>after</strong> downloading
|
||
GPS data.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">TIPS:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Background service</em>, being a very powerful tool, may fill the location list
|
||
with many unnecessary locations not corresponding to the exact dive point
|
||
but reflecting the boat’s route. Currently these locations are difficult to
|
||
delete from the server. In some situations it is therefore prudent to clean
|
||
up the list on the Android device before sending the dive points to the web
|
||
server by simply deleting the inappropriate locations. This might be
|
||
necessary, for instance, if one wants to keep the location list clear to see
|
||
dives in the web service map display (see above).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
It may also make sense to give informative names to the locations sent to
|
||
the web server, or at least to use an informative name in the <em>Name
|
||
Template</em> setting while running the <em>background service</em>, especially on a
|
||
dive trip with many dives and dive locations.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_LoadImage">5.5. Adding photographs to dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many (if not most) divers take a camera with them and take photographs
|
||
during a dive. One would like to associate each photograph with a specific
|
||
dive. <em>Subsurface</em> allows one to load photos into a dive. Photos are
|
||
superimposed on the dive profile, from where they can be viewed.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_loading_photos_and_getting_synchronisation_between_dive_computer_and_camera">5.5.1. Loading photos and getting synchronisation between dive computer and camera</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Left-lick on a dive or on a group of dives on the dive list. Then
|
||
right-click on this dive or group of dives and choose the option <em>Load
|
||
Images</em>:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LoadImage1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The system file browser appears. Select the folder and photographs that need
|
||
to be loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and click the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LoadImage2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Load images option" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This brings one to the time synchronisation dialog, shown below. The
|
||
critical problem is that the time synchronisation is not perfect between the
|
||
dive computer used during a dive, and the camera used during that same
|
||
dive. These two devices often differ by several minutes. If <em>Subsurface</em> can
|
||
achieve synchronisation, then the exact times of photographs can be used to
|
||
position photographs on the dive profile.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> achieves this synchronisation in two ways:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Manually</strong>: If the user wrote down the exact camera time at the start of a dive, the
|
||
difference in time between the two devices can be determined. Actually, as long as the device
|
||
settings for time has not been changed in either device, one could write down the times of
|
||
both devices after the dive or even at the end of the day. One can then manually set the time
|
||
difference in the <em>Time shift</em> dialog. Towards the top of the dialog is a time setting tool
|
||
immediately under the heading <em>Shift times of image(s) by</em>, evident in figure <strong>A</strong> below.
|
||
If the camera time is 7 minutes later than that of the dive computer, set the time setting
|
||
tool to a value of 00:07. Select either the <em>earlier</em> or <em>later</em> radio button.
|
||
In the above example, the <em>earlier</em> option is appropriate, since the photos need to be shifted
|
||
7 minutes earlier (camera is 7 minutes ahead of dive computer). Ignore any "AM" or "PM" suffix
|
||
in that tool. Click the <em>OK</em> button and synchronisation is achieved.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LoadImage3b_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Synchronisation dialog" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>By photograph</strong>: There is a very slick way of achieving synchronisation. If one takes a
|
||
photograph of the face of the dive computer showing the time, then <em>Subsurface</em> can obtain
|
||
the exact time the photograph was taken, using the metadata that the camera stores within
|
||
each photo. In order to do this, use the bottom half of the Time shift_ dialog. If one uses
|
||
the bottom part, the top part of the dialog is ignored. Click on
|
||
the horizontal bar entitled "<em>Select image of divecomputer showing time</em>. This brings up
|
||
a file browser with which one can select the photograph of the dive computer. Select the
|
||
photograph using the file browser and click on <em>OK</em>. This photograph of the dive computer
|
||
appears in the bottom panel of the <em>Shift times</em> dialog. Now <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly
|
||
when the photograph has been taken. Now set the date-time dialog to the left of the photo
|
||
so that this tool reflects the date and time of the dive computer in the photo. When the
|
||
date-time tool has been set, <em>Subsurface</em> knows exactly what the time difference between
|
||
camera and dive computer is, and synchronisation is achieved. There is a
|
||
photograph with the face of the dive computer and with the date-time tool set to the
|
||
date-time on image <strong>B</strong> above.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the timestamp of a photograph is long before or after the dive, it is not
|
||
placed on the dive profile. If the timestamp of the photo is within 30
|
||
minutes of the dive, it is shown.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_viewing_the_photos">5.5.2. Viewing the photos</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>In order to view the photos added to a dive, activate the <em>show-photos</em>
|
||
button in the tool bar to the left of the dive profile:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:left;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos_f20.png" alt="FIGURE:Show photos toolbar button" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After the images have been loaded, they appear in two places:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
the <em>Photos</em> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
as tiny icons (stubs) on the dive profile at the appropriate positions
|
||
reflecting the time each photograph was taken. See below:
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LoadImage4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Photos on dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one hovers with the mouse over any of the photo icons, then a thumbnail
|
||
photo is shown of the appropriate photo. See the image below:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LoadImage5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Thumbnail photo on dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Clicking on the thumbnail brings up a full size photo overlaid on the
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> window. This allows good viewing of the photographs that have
|
||
been added (see the image below). Note that the thumbnail has a small
|
||
dustbin icon in the bottom right hand corner (see image above). If one
|
||
selects the dustbin, the image is removed from the dive. Therefore some care
|
||
is required when clicking on a thumbnail. Images can also be deleted using
|
||
the <em>Photos</em> tab (see text below).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LoadImage6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Full-screen photo on dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_the_em_photos_em_tab">5.5.3. The <em>Photos</em> tab</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Photographs associated with a dive are shown as thumbnails in the <em>Photos</em>
|
||
tab of the <em>Notes</em> panel. Photos taken in rapid succession during a dive
|
||
(therefore sometimes with large overlap on the dive profile) can easily be
|
||
accessed in the <em>Photos</em> tab. This tab serves as a tool for individually
|
||
accessing the photos of a dive, while the stubs on the dive profile give an
|
||
indication of when during a dive a photo was taken. By single-clicking on a
|
||
thumbnail in the <em>Photos</em> panel, a photo is selected. By double-clicking a
|
||
thumbnail, the full-sized image is shown, overlaying the <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
window. A photo can be deleted from the <em>Photos</em> panel by selecting it
|
||
(single-click) and then by pressing the <em>Del</em> key on the keyboard. This
|
||
removes the photo both from the <em>Photos</em> tab as well as the dive profile.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_photos_on_an_external_hard_disk">5.5.4. Photos on an external hard disk</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Most underwater photographers store their photos on an external drive. If
|
||
such a drive can be mapped (almost always the case) the photos can be
|
||
directly accessed by <em>Subsurface</em>. This facilitates the interaction between
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> and an external repository of photos. When associating a dive
|
||
profile with photos from an external drive, the normal procedure of
|
||
selection and synchronisation (see text above) is used. However, after the
|
||
external drive has been disconnected, <em>Subsurface</em> cannot access these
|
||
photos any more. If the display of photos is activated (using the toolbox
|
||
to the left of the <em>Dive Profile</em>), the program only shows a small white dot
|
||
where each photo should be on the dive profile. In addition the <em>Photos</em>
|
||
tab only shows the file names of the photos. This is normal behaviour. If,
|
||
later, the external drive with the photos is connected again, the photos can
|
||
be seen in the normal way.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_FindMovedImages">5.5.5. Moving photographs among directories, hard disks or computers</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After a photograph has been loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> and associated with a specific dive, the directory
|
||
where the photo lies is stored, allowing <em>Subsurface</em> to find the photograph when the dive is
|
||
opened again. If the photo or the whole photo collection is moved to another drive or to a different
|
||
machine, it is unlikely that the directory structure will remain identical to that of the original uploaded
|
||
photo. When this happens, <em>Subsurface</em> looks for the photos at their original location before they were moved,
|
||
cannot find them and therefore cannot display them. Because, after moving photos, large numbers of photos
|
||
may need to be deleted and re-imported from the new location, <em>Subsurface</em> has a mechanism that eases the
|
||
process of updating the directory information for each photo: automatic updates using fingerprints.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>When a photo is loaded into <em>Subsurface</em>, a fingerprint for the image is calculated and stored with the
|
||
other reference information for that photo. After moving a photo collection (that has already been loaded
|
||
into <em>Subsurface</em>) to a different directory, disk or computer, <em>Subsurface</em> can perform the
|
||
following steps:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
look through a particular directory (and all its subdirectories recursively)
|
||
where photos have been moved
|
||
to,
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
calculate fingerprints for all photos in this directory, and
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
if there is a match between a calculated fingerprint and the one originally
|
||
calculated when a photo was
|
||
loaded into <em>Subsurface</em> (even if the original file name has changed), to
|
||
automatically update the directory information so that <em>Subsurface</em> can find
|
||
the photo in the new moved directory.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is achieved by selecting from the Main Menu: <em>File → Find moved images</em>. This brings up a window within
|
||
which the NEW directory of the photos needs to be specified. Select the appropriate directory and click
|
||
the <em>Scan</em> button towards the bottom right of the panel. The process may require several minutes to
|
||
complete, after which <em>subsurface</em> will show the appropriate photographs when a particular dive is opened.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sidebarblock" id="Image_fingerprint_upgrade">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Upgrading existing photo collections without fingerprints</strong></p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/important.png" alt="Important" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Software for the automated update of existing photo collections is under
|
||
developement. Currently single dives must be upgraded one at a time. Select
|
||
the toolbar button on the <strong>Dive profile</strong> panel that enables the display of
|
||
images. The thumbnails of images are shown on the dive profile. Then open
|
||
the dive and change anything in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel that brings up the blue
|
||
edit bar at the top of the notes panel to save the edits. For instance, add
|
||
a space character at the end of the <em>Notes</em> text box and immediately delete
|
||
that space character. Select the optio <em>Apply changes</em> in the blue edit bar
|
||
to save the dive information. Fingerprints are calculated while saving this
|
||
specific dive.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_logging_special_types_of_dives">5.6. Logging special types of dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_MulticylinderDives">5.6.1. Multicylinder dives</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> easily handles dives involving more than one
|
||
cylinder. Multicylinder diving usually happens (a) if a diver does not have
|
||
enough gas for the complete dive in a single cylinder; (b) if the diver
|
||
needs more than one gas mixture because of the depth or the decompression
|
||
needs of the dive. For this reason multicylinder dives are often used by
|
||
technical divers who dive deep or long. As far as <em>Subsurface</em> is concerned,
|
||
there are only two types of information that need to be provided:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong> This is performed in the <strong>Equipment tab</strong> of
|
||
the <strong>Info</strong> panel, as <a href="#cylinder_definitions">described above</a>. Enter the cylinders one by one,
|
||
specifying the characteristics of the cylinder and the gas composition within each cylinder.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Record the times at which switches from one cylinder to another was done:</strong> This is information
|
||
provided by some dive computers (provided the diver indicated these changes to the dive computer
|
||
by pressing specific buttons). If the dive computer does not provide the information, the diver has to
|
||
record these changes using a different method, e.g. writing it on a slate.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Record the cylinder changes on the dive profile</strong>: If the latter option
|
||
was followed, the diver needs to indicate the gas change event by right-clicking at the appropriate point
|
||
in time on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel and indicating the cylinder to which the change was made. After
|
||
right-clicking, follow the context menu to "Add gas change" and select the appropriate cylinder from
|
||
those defined during the first step, above (see image below). If the
|
||
<strong>tank bar</strong> button in the toolbar has been activated, the cylinder switches are also indicated in the
|
||
tank bar.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Having performed these tasks, <em>Subsurface</em> indicates the appropriate use of
|
||
cylinders in the dive profile. Below is a multi-cylinder dive, starting off
|
||
with EAN28, then changing cylinders to EAN50 after 26 minutes to perform
|
||
decompression.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/multicylinder_dive.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Multicylinder profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_sidemount_dives">5.6.2. Sidemount dives</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sidemount diving is just another form of multicylinder diving, often with
|
||
both or all cylinders having the same gas mixture. Although it is a popular
|
||
configuration for cave divers, sidemount diving can be performed by
|
||
recreational divers who have completed the appropriate training. Sidemount
|
||
dive logging involves, exactly as with multicylinder dives, above, three
|
||
steps:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>During the dive, record cylinder switch events</strong>. Since sidemount diving normally involves two
|
||
cylinders with air or with the same gas mixture, <em>Subsurface</em> distinguishes among these different
|
||
cylinders. In contrast, most dive computers that allow gas switching only distinguish among different
|
||
<em>gases</em> used, not among different <em>cylinders</em> used. This means that when sidemount dives are downloaded
|
||
from these dive computers, the events of switching between cylinders with the same gas are not downloaded. This may mean
|
||
that one may have to keep a written log of cylinder switch times using a slate, or (if the dive computer
|
||
has this facility) marking each cylinder switch with a bookmark that can be retrieved later. Returning
|
||
from a dive with the information about cylinder changes is the only tricky part of logging sidemount dives.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Within <em>Subsurface</em> describe the cylinders used during the dive</strong>. The diver needs to provide the
|
||
specifications of the different cylinders, using the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Info Panel</strong> (see
|
||
image below where two 12 litre cylinder were used).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Indicate cylinder change events on the <em>Subsurface</em> dive profile</strong>. Once the dive log has been imported
|
||
from a dive computer into <em>Subsurface</em>, the cylinder switch events need to be indicated on the dive profile.
|
||
Cylinder changes are recorded by right-clicking at the appropriate point on the dive profile and then
|
||
selecting <em>Add gas change</em>. A list of the appropriate cylinders is shown with the
|
||
currently used cylinder greyed out. In the image below Tank 1 is greyed out, leaving only Tank 2
|
||
to be selected. Select the appropriate cylinder. The cylinder change is then indicated on the dive
|
||
profile with a cylinder symbol. If the <strong>Tank Bar</strong> is activated using the toolbar to the left of the
|
||
profile, then the cylinder change is also indicated on the Tank Bar (see image below). After all
|
||
the cylinder change events have been recorded on the dive profile, the correct cylinder pressures
|
||
for both cylinders are shown on the dive profile, as in the image below.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/sidemount1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Sidemount profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This section gives an example of the versatility of <em>Subsurface</em> as a dive
|
||
logging tool.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_sSCR_dives">5.6.3. Semi-closed circuit rebreather (SCR) dives</h4>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/halcyon_RB80.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Passive semi-closed rebreathers (pSCR) comprise a technical advance in
|
||
diving equipment that recirculates the breathing gas that a diver breathes,
|
||
while removing carbon dioxide from the exhaled gas. While a small amount
|
||
(typically a tenth) of the exhaled breathing gas is released into the water,
|
||
a small amount of fresh gas is released from the back gas cylinder
|
||
(typically containing nitrox). A diver, using a single cylinder of
|
||
breathing gas can therefore dive for much longer periods than using a
|
||
recreational open-circuit configuration. With pSCR equipment, a very small
|
||
amount of breathing gas is released every time the breather inhales. With
|
||
active SCR (aSCR) equipment, in contrast, a small amount of breathing gas is
|
||
released continuously from the back cylinder.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To log pSCR dives, no special procedures are required, just the normal steps
|
||
outlined above:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Select pSCR in the <em>Dive Mode</em> dropdown list on the <strong>Info</strong> panel.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
pSCR diving often involves gas changes, requiring an additional cylinder.
|
||
Define all the appropriate cylinders as described above and indicate the
|
||
cylinder/gas changes as described above in the section on
|
||
<a href="#S_MulticylinderDives">multicylinder dives</a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a pSCR <em>Dive Mode</em> has been selected, the dive ceiling for pSCR dives is
|
||
adjusted for the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece which often requires
|
||
longer decompression periods. Below is a dive profile of a pSCR dive using
|
||
EAN36 on the back cylinder and oxygen for decompression. Note that this dive
|
||
lasted over two hours.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/pSCR_profile.jpg" alt="FIGURE: pSCR profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_CCR_dives">5.6.4. Closed circuit rebreather (CCR) dives</h4>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/APD.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Closed system rebreathers use advanced technology to recirculate gas that
|
||
has been breathed while doing two things to maintain a breathable oxygen
|
||
concentration:
|
||
a) remove carbon dioxide from the gas that has been exhaled
|
||
regulate the oxygen concentration to remain within safe diving limits.
|
||
Currently, within <em>Subsurface</em>, the Poseidon MkVI Discovery is the best
|
||
supported CCR dive computer. The CCR interface of <em>Subsurface</em> is currently
|
||
experimental and under active development. In contrast to a conventional
|
||
recreational dive computer, a CCR system computer does not allow the
|
||
download of a log containing multiple dives. Rather, each dive is stored
|
||
independently. This means that <em>Subsurface</em> cannot download a dive log
|
||
directly from a CCR dive computer, but that it imports CCR dive logs in the
|
||
same way that it imports dive log data from other digital databases.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_import_a_ccr_dive">Import a CCR dive</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>See the section dealing with <a href="#S_ImportingAlienDiveLogs">Importing dive
|
||
information from other digital sources</a>. From the main menu of <em>Subsurface</em>,
|
||
select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to bring up the
|
||
<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>. As explained in that
|
||
section, the bottom right hand of the import dialogue contains a dropdown
|
||
list of appropriate devices that currently includes an option for (Poseidon)
|
||
MkVI files (import for other CCR equipment is under active
|
||
development). Having selected the appropriate CCR format and the directory
|
||
where the original dive logs have been stored from the CCR dive computer,
|
||
one can select a particular dive log file (in the case of the MkVI it is a
|
||
file with a .txt extension). After selecting the appropriate dive log,
|
||
activate the <em>Open</em> button at the bottom right hand of the universal import
|
||
dialogue.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_displayed_information_for_a_ccr_dive">Displayed information for a CCR dive</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Partial pressures of gases</em>: The graph of oxygen partial pressure shows the
|
||
information from the oxygen sensors of the CCR equipment. In contrast to
|
||
recreational equipment (where pO<sub>2</sub> values are calculated based on gas
|
||
composition and dive depth), CCR equipment provide actual measurements of
|
||
pO<sub>2</sub>, derived from oxygen sensors. In this case the graph for oxygen
|
||
partial pressure should be fairly flat, reflecting the setpoint settings
|
||
during the dive. The mean pO<sub>2</sub> is NOT the mean oxygen partial pressure as
|
||
given by the CCR equipment, but a value calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> as
|
||
follows:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
For TWO O<sub>2</sub> sensors the mean value of the two sensors are given.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
For THREE-sensor systems (e.g. APD), the mean value is also used. However
|
||
differences of more than 0,1 bar in the simultaneous readings of different
|
||
sensors are treated as spurious. If one of the three sensors provides
|
||
spurious data, it is ignored.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
If no sensor data is available, the pO<sub>2</sub> value is assumed to be equal to
|
||
the setpoint.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean pO<sub>2</sub> of the sensors is indicated with a green line,</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The oxygen setpoint values as well as the readings from the individual
|
||
oxygen sensors can be shown. The display of additional CCR information is
|
||
turned on by checking the appropriate checkboxes in the <em>Preferences</em> panel
|
||
(accessible by selecting <a href="#S_CCR_options"><em>File → Preferences →
|
||
Graph</em></a>). This part of the <em>Preferences</em> panel look like this, representing
|
||
two checkboxes that modify the display of pO<sub>2</sub> when the appropriate toolbar
|
||
button on the Dive Profile has been activated.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CCR_preferences_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR preferences panel" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Checking any of the check boxes allows the display of additional
|
||
oxygen-related information whenever the pO<sub>2</sub> toolbar button on the
|
||
<em>Profile</em> panel is activated. The first checkbox allows the display of
|
||
setpoint information. This is a red line superimposed on the green oxygen
|
||
partial pressure graph and allows a comparison of the mean measured oxygen
|
||
partial pressure and the setpoint values, as in the image below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CCR_setpoint_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR setpoint and po2 graph" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The second checkbox allows the display of the data from each individual
|
||
oxygen sensor of the CCR equipment. The data for each sensor is colour-coded
|
||
as follows:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Sensor 1: grey
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Sensor 2: blue
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Sensor 3: brown
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The mean oxygen pO<sub>2</sub> is indicated by the green line. This allows the direct
|
||
comparison of data from each of the oxygen sensors, useful for detecting
|
||
abnormally low or erratic readings from a particular sensor.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CCR_sensor_data_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR sensor data graph" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The setpoint data can be overlaid on the oxygen sensor data by activating
|
||
both of the above check boxes. Partial pressures for nitrogen (and helium,
|
||
if applicable) are shown in the usual way as for open circuit dives.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Events</em>: Several events are logged, e.g. switching the mouthpiece to open
|
||
circuit. These events are indicated by yellow triangles and, if one hovers
|
||
over a triangle, a description of that event is given as the bottom line in
|
||
the <a href="#S_InfoBox">Information Box</a>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Cylinder pressures</em>: Some CCR dive computers like the Poseidon MkVI record
|
||
the pressures of the oxygen and diluent cylinders. The pressures of these
|
||
two cylinders are shown as green lines overlapping the depth profile. In
|
||
addition, start and end pressures for both oxygen and diluent cylinders are
|
||
shown in the <em>Equipment Tab</em>. Below is a dive profile for a CCR dive,
|
||
including an overlay of setpoint and oxygen sensor data, as well as the
|
||
cylinder pressure data. In this case there is good agreement from the
|
||
readings of the two oxygen sensors.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/CCR_dive_profile_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: CCR dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Equipment-specific information</em>: Equipment-specific information gathered by
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> is shown in the <a href="#S_ExtraDataTab">Extra data tab</a>. This may
|
||
include setup information or metadata about the dive.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>More equipment-specific information for downloading CCR dive logs for
|
||
Poseidon MkVI and APD equipment can be found in <a href="#S_PoseidonMkVI">Appendix
|
||
B</a>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_obtaining_more_information_about_dives_entered_into_the_logbook">6. Obtaining more information about dives entered into the logbook</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_the_strong_info_strong_tab_for_individual_dives">6.1. The <strong>Info</strong> tab (for individual dives)</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Info tab gives some summary information about a particular dive that has
|
||
been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Useful information here includes the
|
||
surface interval before the dive, the maximum and mean depths of the dive,
|
||
the gas volume consumed, the surface air consumption (SAC) and the number of
|
||
oxygen toxicity units (OTU) incurred.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/info.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Gas consumption and SAC calculations: <em>Subsurface</em> calculates SAC and Gas
|
||
consumption taking in account gas incompressibility, particularly at tank
|
||
pressures above 200 bar, making them more accurate. Users should refer to
|
||
<a href="#SAC_CALCULATION">Appendix D</a> for more information.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ExtraDataTab">6.2. The <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab (usually for individual dives)</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>When using a dive computer, it often reports several data items that cannot
|
||
easily be presented in a standardised way because the nature of the
|
||
information differs from one dive computer to another. These data often
|
||
comprise setup information, metadata about a dive, battery levels, no fly
|
||
times, or gradient factors used during the dive. When possible, this
|
||
information is presented in the <strong>Extra Data</strong> tab. Below is an image showing
|
||
extra data for a dive using a Poseidon rebreather.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/ExtraDataTab_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Extra Data tab" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_the_strong_stats_strong_tab_for_groups_of_dives">6.3. The <strong>Stats</strong> tab (for groups of dives)</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Stats tab gives summary statistics for more than one dive, assuming that
|
||
more than one dive has been selected in the <strong>Dive List</strong> using the standard
|
||
Ctrl-click or Shift-click of the mouse. If only one dive has been selected,
|
||
figures pertaining to only that dive are given. This tab shows the number of
|
||
dives selected, the total amount of dive time in these dives, as well as the
|
||
minimum, maximum and mean for the dive duration, water temperature and
|
||
surface air consumption (SAC). It also shows the depth of the shallowest and
|
||
deepest dives of those selected.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_DiveProfile">6.4. The <strong>Dive Profile</strong></h3>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Profile2.jpg" alt="Typical dive profile" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Of all the panels in <em>Subsurface</em>, the Dive Profile contains the most
|
||
detailed information about each dive. The Dive Profile has a <strong>button bar</strong> on
|
||
the left hand side that allows control over several display options. The
|
||
functions of these buttons are described below. The main item in the Dive
|
||
Profile is the graph of dive depth as a function of time. In addition to the
|
||
obvious information of the depth it also shows the ascent and descent rates
|
||
compared to the recommended speed of going up or down in the water
|
||
column. This information is given using different colours:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="tableblock">
|
||
<table rules="all"
|
||
width="100%"
|
||
frame="border"
|
||
cellspacing="0" cellpadding="4">
|
||
<col width="33%" />
|
||
<col width="33%" />
|
||
<col width="33%" />
|
||
<tbody>
|
||
<tr>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Couleur</strong></p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de descente (m/min)</strong></p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table"><strong>Vitesse de remontée (m/min)</strong></p></td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Rouge</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 30</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">> 18</p></td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Orange</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">18 - 30</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Jaune</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">9 - 18</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">4 - 9</p></td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert clair</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 9</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">1.5 - 4</p></td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
<tr>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">Vert foncé</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
|
||
<td align="left" valign="top"><p class="table">< 1.5</p></td>
|
||
</tr>
|
||
</tbody>
|
||
</table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile also includes depth readings for the peaks and troughs in the
|
||
graph. Thus, users should see the depth of the deepest point and other
|
||
peaks. Mean depth is plotted as a grey line, indicating mean dive depth up
|
||
to a particular moment during the dive.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/scale.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">In some cases the dive profile does not fill the whole area of the <strong>Dive
|
||
Profile</strong> panel. Clicking the <strong>Scale</strong> button in the toolbar on the left of
|
||
the dive profile frequently increases the size of the dive profile to fill
|
||
the area of the panel efficiently.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Water temperature</strong> is displayed with its own blue line with temperature values
|
||
placed adjacent to significant changes.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile can include graphs of the <strong>partial pressures</strong> of O2, N2,
|
||
and He during the dive (see figure above) as well as a calculated and dive
|
||
computer reported deco ceilings (only visible for deep, long, or repetitive
|
||
dives). Partial pressures of oxygen are indicated in green, those of
|
||
nitrogen in black, and those of helium in dark red. These partial pressure
|
||
graphs are shown below the profile data.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/O2.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>oxygen</strong>
|
||
during the dive. This is depicted below the dive depth and water temperature
|
||
graphs.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/N2.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>nitrogen</strong>
|
||
during the dive.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/He.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking this button allows display of the partial pressure of <strong>helium</strong>
|
||
during the dive. This is only of importance to divers using Trimix,
|
||
Helitrox or similar breathing gasses.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <strong>air consumption</strong> graph displays the tank pressure and its change during
|
||
the dive. The air consumption takes depth into account so that even when
|
||
manually entering the start and end pressures the graph is not a straight
|
||
line. Similarly to the depth graph the slope of the tank pressure gives the
|
||
user information about the momentary SAC rate (Surface Air Consumption) when
|
||
using an air integrated dive computer. Here the colour coding is not
|
||
relative to some absolute values but relative to the average normalised air
|
||
consumption during the dive. So areas that are red or orange indicate times
|
||
of increased normalized air consumption while dark green reflects times when
|
||
the diver was using less gas than average.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/Heartbutton.png" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking on the heart rate button will allow the display of heart rate
|
||
information during the dive if the dive computer was attached to a heart
|
||
rate sensor.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>It is possible to <strong>zoom</strong> into the profile graph. This is done either by using
|
||
the scroll wheel / scroll gesture of your mouse or trackpad. By default
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> always shows a profile area large enough for at least 30 minutes
|
||
and 30m
|
||
(100ft) – this way short or shallow dives are intuitively recognizable;
|
||
something
|
||
that free divers clearly won’t care about.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/MeasuringBar.png" alt="FIGURE: Measuring Bar" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/ruler.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Measurements of <strong>depth or time differences</strong> can be achieved by using the
|
||
<strong>ruler button</strong> on the left of the dive profile panel. The measurement is
|
||
done by dragging the red dots to the two points on the dive profile that the
|
||
user wishes to measure. Information is then given in the horizontal white
|
||
area underneath the two red dots.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/ShowPhotos.png" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Photographs that have been added to a dive can be shown on the profile by
|
||
selecting the <strong>Show-photo</strong> button. The position of a photo on the profile
|
||
indicates the exact time when this photo was taken. If this button is not
|
||
active, the photos are hidden.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The profile can also include the dive computer reported <strong>ceiling</strong> (more
|
||
precisely, the deepest deco stop that the dive computer calculated for each
|
||
particular moment in time) as a red overlay on the dive profile. Ascent
|
||
ceilings arise when a direct ascent to the surface increases the risk of a
|
||
diver suffering from decompression sickness (DCS) and it is necessary to
|
||
either ascend slower or to perform decompression stop(s) before ascending to
|
||
the surface. Not all dive computers record this information and make it
|
||
available for download; for example all of the Suunto dive computers fail to
|
||
make this very useful data available to divelog software. <em>Subsurface</em> also
|
||
calculates ceilings independently, shown as a green overlay on the dive
|
||
profile. Because of the differences in algorithms used and amount of data
|
||
available (and other factors taken into consideration at the time of the
|
||
calculation) it is unlikely that ceilings from dive computers and from
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> are the same, even if the same algorithm and <em>gradient factors</em>
|
||
(see below) are used. It is also quite common that <em>Subsurface</em> calculates
|
||
a ceiling for non-decompression dives when the dive computer stayed in
|
||
non-deco mode during the whole dive (represented by the <span class="green">dark green</span>
|
||
section in the profile at the beginning of this section). This is caused by
|
||
the fact that <em>Subsurface’s</em> calculations describe the deco obligation at
|
||
each moment during a dive, while dive computers usually take the upcoming
|
||
ascent into account. During the ascent some excess nitrogen (and possibly
|
||
helium) are already breathed off so even though the diver technically
|
||
encountered a ceiling at depth, the dive still does not require an explicit
|
||
deco stop. This feature allows dive computers to offer longer non-stop
|
||
bottom times.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/cceiling.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">If the dive computer itself calculates a ceiling and makes it available to
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> during upload of dives, this can be shown as a red area by
|
||
checking <strong>Dive computer reported ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/ceiling1.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">If the <strong>Calculated ceiling</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked, then a
|
||
ceiling, calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>, is shown in green if it exists for a
|
||
particular dive (<strong>A</strong> in figure below). This setting can be modified in two
|
||
ways:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/ceiling2.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>show all tissues</strong> button on the Profile Panel is
|
||
clicked, the ceiling is shown for the tissue compartments following the
|
||
Bühlmann model (<strong>B</strong> in figure below).</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/ceiling3.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">If, in addition, the <strong>3m increments</strong> button on the Profile Panel is clicked,
|
||
then the ceiling is indicated in 3 m increments (<strong>C</strong> in figure below).</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Ceilings2.jpg" alt="Figure: Ceiling with 3m resolution" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/ShowCylindersButton.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">By selecting this icon, the different cylinders used during a dive can be
|
||
represented as a coloured bar at the bottom of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. In
|
||
general oxygen is represented by a green bar, nitrogen with a yellow bar and
|
||
helium with a red bar. The image below shows a dive which first uses a
|
||
trimix cylinder (red and green), followed by a switch to a nitrox cylinder
|
||
(yellow and green) after 23 minutes. Cylinders with air are shown as a light
|
||
blue bar.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/ShowCylinders_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Cylinder use graph" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/tissues.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Display inert gas tissue pressures relative to ambient inert gas pressure
|
||
(horizontal grey line). Tissue pressures are calculated using the Bühlmann
|
||
ZH-L16 algorithm and are displayed as lines ranging from green (faster
|
||
tissues) to blue (slower tissues). The black line, graphed above the
|
||
ambient pressure, is the maximum allowable tissue supersaturation (pressure
|
||
limit) derived from the gradient factors specified in the <strong>Preferences</strong>. For
|
||
divers involved in planned decompression diving, efficient rates of
|
||
offgasing are obtained with tissue pressures between the ambient inert gas
|
||
pressure (grey line) and the pressure limit (black line). This display is a
|
||
representation of the tissue pressures during the whole dive. In contast,
|
||
the <a href="#S_gas_pressure_graph">Gas Pressure Graph</a> in the <strong>Information Box</strong>
|
||
on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> is an instantaneous reflection of tissue pressures at
|
||
the moment in time reflected by the position of the cursor on the dive
|
||
profile.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/tissuesGraph.jpg" alt="Figure: Inert gas tissue pressure graph" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their
|
||
depths. For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on
|
||
<a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>. The currently
|
||
used gradient factors (e.g. GF 35/75) are shown above the depth profile if
|
||
the appropriate toolbar buttons are activated. <strong>N.B.:</strong> The indicated
|
||
gradient factors are NOT the gradient factors in use by the dive computer,
|
||
but those used by <em>Subsurface</em> to calculate deco obligations during the
|
||
dive. For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_the_dive_profile_context_menu">6.5. The Dive Profile context menu</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu for the Dive Profile is accessed by right-clicking while
|
||
the mouse cursor is over the Dive Profile panel. The menu allows the
|
||
creation of Bookmarks or Gas Change Event markers or manual CCR set-point
|
||
changes other than the ones that might have been imported from a Dive
|
||
Computer. Markers are placed against the depth profile line and with the
|
||
time of the event set by where the mouse cursor was when the right mouse
|
||
button was initially clicked to bring up the menu. Gas Change events involve
|
||
a selection of which gas is being switched to, the list of choices being
|
||
based on the available gases defined in the Equipment Tab. Set-point change
|
||
events open a dialog allowing to choose the next set-point value. As in the
|
||
planner, a set-point value of zero indicates the diver is breathing from an
|
||
open circuit system while any non-zero value indicates the use of a closed
|
||
circuit rebreather (CCR). By right-clicking while over an existing marker a
|
||
menu appears, adding options to allow deletion of the marker or to allow all
|
||
markers of that type to be hidden. Hidden events can be restored to view by
|
||
selecting Unhide all events from the context menu.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_InfoBox">6.6. The <strong>Information Box</strong></h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The Information box displays a large range of information pertaining to the
|
||
dive profile. Normally the Information Box is located to the top left of the
|
||
<strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel. If the mouse points outside of the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>
|
||
panel, then only the top line of the Information Box is visible (see
|
||
left-hand part of figure (<strong>A</strong>) below). The Information Box can be moved
|
||
around in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel by click-dragging it with the mouse so
|
||
that it is not obstructing important detail. The position of the Information
|
||
Box is saved and used again during subsequent dive analyses.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/InfoBox2.jpg" alt="Figure: Information Box" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The moment the mouse points inside the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel, the information
|
||
box expands and shows many data items. In this situation, the data reflect
|
||
the time point along the dive profile indicated by the mouse cursor (see
|
||
right-hand part of figure (<strong>B</strong>) above where the Information Box reflects the
|
||
situation at the position of the cursor [arrow] in that image). Therefore,
|
||
moving the cursor in the horizontal direction allows the Information Box to
|
||
show information for any point along the dive profile. In this mode, the
|
||
Information Box gives extensive statistics about depth, gas and ceiling
|
||
characteristics of the particular dive. These include: Time period into the
|
||
dive (indicated by a @), depth, cylinder pressure (P), temperature,
|
||
ascent/descent rate, surface air consumption (SAC), oxygen partial pressure,
|
||
maximum operating depth, equivalent air depth (EAD), equivalent narcotic
|
||
depth (END), equivalent air density depth (EADD), decompression requirements
|
||
at that instant in time (Deco), time to surface (TTS), the calculated
|
||
ceiling, as well as the calculated ceiling for several Bühlmann tissue
|
||
compartments.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The user has control over the display of several statistics, represented as
|
||
four buttons on the left of the profile panel. These are:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/MOD.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Maximum
|
||
Operating Depth (MOD)</strong> of the dive, given the gas mixture used. MOD is
|
||
dependent on the oxygen concentration in the breathing gas. For air (21%
|
||
oxygen) it is around 57 m. Below the MOD there is a markedly increased risk
|
||
of exposure to the dangers associated with oxygen toxicity.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/NDL.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>No-deco
|
||
Limit (NDL)</strong> or the <strong>Total Time to Surface (TTS)</strong>. NDL is the time duration
|
||
that a diver can continue with a dive, given the present depth, that does
|
||
not require decompression (that is, before an ascent ceiling appears). Once
|
||
one has exceeded the NDL and decompression is required (that is, there is an
|
||
ascent ceiling above the diver, then TTS gives the number of minutes
|
||
required before the diver can surface. TTS includes ascent time as well as
|
||
decompression time.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/SAC.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking this button causes the Information Box to display the <strong>Surface Air
|
||
Consumption (SAC)</strong>. SAC is an indication of the surface-normalised
|
||
respiration rate of a diver. The value of SAC is less than the real
|
||
respiration rate because a diver at 10m uses breathing gas at a rate roughly
|
||
double that of the equivalent rate at the surface. SAC gives an indication
|
||
of breathing gas consumption rate independent of the depth of the dive so
|
||
that the respiratory rates of different dives can be compared. The units for
|
||
SAC is litres/min or cub ft/min.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/EAD.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Clicking this button displays the <strong>Equivalent Air Depth (EAD)</strong> for nitrox
|
||
dives as well as the <strong>Equivalent Narcotic Depth (END)</strong> for trimix
|
||
dives. These are numbers of importance to divers who use breathing gases
|
||
other than air. Their values are dependent on the composition of the
|
||
breathing gas. The EAD is the depth of a hypothetical air dive that has the
|
||
same partial pressure of nitrogen as the current depth of the nitrox dive at
|
||
hand. A nitrox dive leads to the same decompression obligation as an air
|
||
dive to the depth equaling the EAD. The END is the depth of a hypothetical
|
||
air dive that has the same sum of partial pressures of the narcotic gases
|
||
nitrogen and oxygen as the current trimix dive. A trimix diver can expect
|
||
the same narcotic effect as a diver breathing air diving at a depth equaling
|
||
the END.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Figure (<strong>B</strong>) above shows an information box with a nearly complete set of
|
||
data.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="S_gas_pressure_graph">6.6.1. The Gas Pressure Bar Graph</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the left of the <strong>Information Box</strong> is a vertical bar graph indicating the
|
||
pressures of the nitrogen (and other inert gases, e.g. helium, if
|
||
applicable) that the diver was inhaling <em>at a particular instant during the
|
||
dive</em>, indicated by the position of the cursor on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
|
||
drawing on the left below indicates the meaning of the different parts of
|
||
the Gas Pressure Bar Graph.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/GasPressureBarGraph.jpg" alt="FIGURE:Gas Pressure bar Graph" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The light green area indicates the total gas, with the top margin of the
|
||
light green area indicating the total gas pressure inhaled by the diver and
|
||
measured from the bottom of the graph to the top of the light green
|
||
area. This pressure has a <em>relative</em> value in the graph and does not
|
||
indicate absolute pressure.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The horizontal black line underneath the light green margin indicates the
|
||
equilibrium pressure of the inert gases inhaled by the diver, usually
|
||
nitrogen. In the case of trimix, it is the pressures of nitrogen and helium
|
||
combined. In this example, the user is diving with EAN32, so the inert gas
|
||
pressure is 68% of the distance from the bottom of the graph to the total
|
||
gas pressure value.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The dark green area at the bottom of the graph represents the pressures of
|
||
inert gas in each of the 16 tissue compartments, following the Bühlmann
|
||
algorithm, the fast tissues being on the left hand side.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The top black horizontal line indicates the gradient factor that applies to
|
||
the depth of the diver at the particular point on the <strong>Dive Profile</strong>. The
|
||
appropriate gradient factor is an interpolation between the FGLow and GFHigh
|
||
values specified in the Graph tab of the <strong>Preferences Panel</strong> of
|
||
<strong>Subsurface</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The bottom margin of the red area in the graph indicates the Bühlman-derived
|
||
M-value, that is the pressure value of inert gases at which bubble formation
|
||
is expected to be severe, resulting in decompression sickness.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>These five values are indicated on the left in the graph above. The way the
|
||
Gas Pressure Bar Graph changes during a dive is indicated on the right hand
|
||
side of the above figure for a diver using EAN32.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Graph <strong>A</strong> indicates the situation at the start of a dive with diver at the
|
||
surface. The pressures in all the tissue compartments are still at the
|
||
equilibrium pressure because no diving has taken place.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Graph <strong>B</strong> indicates the situation after a descent to 30 meters. Few of the
|
||
tissue compartments have had time to respond to the descent, their gas
|
||
pressures being far below the equilibrium gas pressure.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Graph <strong>C</strong> represents the pressures after 30 minutes at 30 m. The fast
|
||
compartments have attained equilibrium (i.e. they have reached the hight of
|
||
the black line indicating the equilibrium pressure). The slower compartments
|
||
(towards the right) have not reached equilibrium and are in the process of
|
||
slowly increasing in pressure.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Graph <strong>D</strong> shows the pressures after ascent to a depth of 4.5 meters. Since,
|
||
during ascent, the total inhaled gas pressure has decreased strongly from 4
|
||
bar to 1.45 bar, the pressures in the different tissue compartments now
|
||
exceed that of the total gas pressure and approaches the gradient factor
|
||
value (i.e. the top black horizontal line). Further ascent will result in
|
||
exceeding the gradient factor value (GFHigh), endangering the diver.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Graph <strong>E</strong> indicates the situation after remaining at 4.5 meters for 10
|
||
minutes. The fast compartments have decreased in pressure. As expected, the
|
||
pressures in the slow compartments have not changed much. The pressures in
|
||
the fast compartments do not approach the GFHigh value any more and the
|
||
diver is safer than in the situation indicated in graph <strong>D</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_organising_the_logbook_manipulating_groups_of_dives">7. Organising the logbook (Manipulating groups of dives)</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_the_dive_list_context_menu">7.1. The Dive List context menu</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several actions on either a single dive or a group of dives can be performed
|
||
using the Dive List Context Menu, found by selecting either a single dive or
|
||
a group of dives and then right-clicking.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/ContextMenu.jpg" alt="Figure: Context Menu" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The context menu is used in many manipulations described below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_customising_the_information_showed_in_the_strong_dive_list_strong_panel">7.1.1. Customising the information showed in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel</h4>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DiveListOptions.jpg" alt="Example: Dive list info options" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The default information in the <strong>Dive List</strong> includes, for each dive,
|
||
Dive_number, Date, Rating, Dive_depth, Dive_duration and Dive_location. This
|
||
information can be controlled and changed by right-clicking on the header
|
||
bar of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. For instance, a right-click on the <em>Date</em> header
|
||
brings up a list of items that can be shown in the dive list (see
|
||
above). Select an item to be shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> or to be deleted from
|
||
the dive list, and the list is immediately updated accordingly. Preferences
|
||
for information shown in the <strong>Dive List</strong> is saved and used when <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
is re-opened.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_selecting_dives_from_a_particular_dive_site">7.1.2. Selecting dives from a particular dive site</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers have long dive lists and it may be difficult to locate all the
|
||
dives at a particular site. By pressing <em>Ctl-F</em> on the keyboard, a text box
|
||
is opened at the top left hand of the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Type the name of a dive
|
||
site in this text box and the <strong>Dive List</strong> is immediately filtered to show
|
||
only the dives for that site.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_Renumber">7.2. Renumbering the dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives are normally numbered incrementally from non-recent dives (low
|
||
sequence numbers) to recent dives (having the highest sequence numbers). The
|
||
numbering of the dives is not always consistent. For instance, when
|
||
non-recent dives are added to the dive list the numbering does not
|
||
automatically follow on because of the dives that are more recent in
|
||
date/time than the newly-added dive with an older date/time. Therefore, one
|
||
may sometimes need to renumber the dives. This is performed by selecting
|
||
(from the Main Menu) <em>Log → Renumber</em>. Users are given a choice with
|
||
respect to the lowest sequence number to be used. Completing this operation
|
||
results in new sequence numbers (based on date/time) for the dives in the
|
||
<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can also renumber a few selected dives in the dive list. Select the
|
||
dives that need renumbering. Right-click on the selected list and use the
|
||
Dive List Context Menu to perform the renumbering. A popup window appears
|
||
requiring the user to specify the starting number for the renumbering
|
||
process.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_Group">7.3. Grouping dives into trips and manipulating trips</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For regular divers, the dive list can rapidly become very long. <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
can group dives into <em>trips</em>. It performs this by grouping dives that have
|
||
date/times not separated in time by more than two days, thus creating a
|
||
single heading for each diving trip represented in the dive log. Below is an
|
||
ungrouped dive list (<strong>A</strong>, on the left) as well as the corresponding grouped
|
||
dive list comprising five dive trips (<strong>B</strong>, on the right):</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Group2.jpg" alt="Figure: Grouping dives" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Grouping into trips allows a rapid way of accessing individual dives without
|
||
having to scan a long lists of dives. In order to group the dives in a dive
|
||
list, (from the Main Menu) select <em>Log → Autogroup</em>. The <strong>Dive List</strong> panel
|
||
now shows only the titles for the trips.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_editing_the_title_and_associated_information_for_a_particular_trip">7.3.1. Editing the title and associated information for a particular trip</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, in the dive list, minimal information is included in the trip
|
||
title. More information about a trip can be added by selecting its trip
|
||
title from the <strong>Dive List</strong>. This shows a <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab in the <strong>Notes</strong>
|
||
panel. Here users can add or edit information about the date/time, the trip
|
||
location and any other general comments about the trip as a whole (e.g. the
|
||
dive company that was dived with, the general weather and surface conditions
|
||
during the trip, etc.). After entering this information, users should
|
||
select <strong>Save</strong> from the buttons at the top right of the <strong>Trip Notes</strong> tab. The
|
||
trip title in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel should now reflect some of the edited
|
||
information.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_viewing_the_dives_during_a_particular_trip">7.3.2. Viewing the dives during a particular trip</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the dives have been grouped into trips, users can expand one or more
|
||
trips by clicking the arrow-head on the left of each trip title. This
|
||
expands the selected trip, revealing the individual dives performed during
|
||
the trip.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_collapsing_or_expanding_dive_information_for_different_trips">7.3.3. Collapsing or expanding dive information for different trips</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a particular trip in the dive list, the context menu allows
|
||
several possibilities to expand or collapse dives within trips. This
|
||
includes expanding all trips, collapsing all trips and collapsing all trips
|
||
except the selected one.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_merging_dives_from_more_than_one_trip_into_a_single_trip">7.3.4. Merging dives from more than one trip into a single trip</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting a trip title, the context menu allows the merging of trips
|
||
by either merging the selected trip with the trip below or with the trip
|
||
above.(Merge trip with trip below; Merge trip with trip above)</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_splitting_a_single_trip_into_more_than_one_trip">7.3.5. Splitting a single trip into more than one trip</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If a trip includes five dives, the user can split this trip into two trips
|
||
(trip 1: top 3 dives; trip 2: bottom 2 dives) by selecting and
|
||
right-clicking the top three dives. The resulting context menu allows the
|
||
user to create a new trip by choosing the option <strong>Create new trip
|
||
above</strong>. The top three dives are then grouped into a separate trip. The
|
||
figures below shows the selection and context menu on the left (A) and the
|
||
completed action on the right (B):</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/SplitDive3a.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Split a trip into 2 trips" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_manipulating_single_dives">7.4. Manipulating single dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_delete_a_dive_from_the_dive_log">7.4.1. Delete a dive from the dive log</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dives can be permanently deleted from the dive log by selecting and
|
||
right-clicking them to bring up the context menu, and then selecting <strong>Delete
|
||
dive(s)</strong>. Typically this would apply to a case where a user wishes to delete
|
||
workshop calibration dives of the dive computer or dives of extremely short
|
||
duration.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_unlink_a_dive_from_a_trip">7.4.2. Unlink a dive from a trip</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can unlink dives from the trip to which they belong. In order to do
|
||
this, select and right-click the relevant dives to bring up the context
|
||
menu. Then select the option <strong>Remove dive(s) from trip</strong>. The dive(s) now
|
||
appear immediately above or below the trip to which they belonged, depending
|
||
on the date and time of the unliked dive.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_add_a_dive_to_the_trip_immediately_above">7.4.3. Add a dive to the trip immediately above</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selected dives can be moved from the trip to which they belong and placed
|
||
within a separate trip. To do this, select and right-click the dive(s) to
|
||
bring up the context menu, and then select <strong>Create new trip above</strong>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_shift_the_start_time_of_dive_s">7.4.4. Shift the start time of dive(s)</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes it is necessary to adjust the start time of a dive. This may apply
|
||
to situations where dives are performed in different time zones or when the
|
||
dive computer has an erroneous time. In order to do this, user must select
|
||
and right-click the dive(s) to be adjusted. This action brings up the
|
||
context menu on which the <strong>Shift times</strong> option should be selected. User must
|
||
then specify the time (in hours and minutes) by which the dives should be
|
||
adjusted and click on the option indicating whether the time adjustment
|
||
should be ealier or later.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_merge_dives_into_a_single_dive">7.4.5. Merge dives into a single dive</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sometimes a dive is briefly interrupted, e.g. if a diver returns to the
|
||
surface for a few minutes, resulting in two or more dives being recorded by
|
||
the dive computer and appearing as different dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong>
|
||
panel. Users can merge these dives onto a single dive by selecting the
|
||
appropriate dives, right-clicking them to bring up the context menu and then
|
||
selecting <strong>Merge selected dives</strong>. It may be necessary to edit the dive
|
||
information in the <strong>Notes</strong> panel to reflect events or conditions that apply
|
||
to the merged dive. The figure below shows the depth profile of two such
|
||
dives that were merged:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/MergedDive.png" alt="Example: Merged dive" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_undo_dive_manipulations">7.4.6. Undo dive manipulations</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Important actions on dives or trips, described above, can be undone or
|
||
redone. This includes: <em>delete dives</em>, <em>merge dives</em>, <em>renumber dives</em> and
|
||
<em>shift dive times</em>. To do this after performing any of these actions, from
|
||
the <strong>Main Menu</strong> select <em>Edit</em>. This brings up the possibility to <em>Undo</em> or
|
||
<em>Redo</em> an action.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_Filter">7.5. Filtering the dive list</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dives in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel can be filtered, that is, one can select
|
||
only some of the dives based on their attributes, e.g. dive tags, dive site,
|
||
dive master, buddy or protective clothing. For instance, filtering allows
|
||
one to list the deep dives at a particular dive site, or otherwise the cave
|
||
dives with a particular buddy.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To open the filter, select <em>Log → Filter divelist</em> from the main menu. This
|
||
opens the <em>Filter Panel</em> at the top of the <em>Subsurface</em> window. Three icons
|
||
are located at the top right hand of the filter panel. The <em>Filter Panel</em>
|
||
can be reset (i.e. all current filters cleared) by selecting the <strong>yellow
|
||
angled arrow</strong>. The <em>Filter Panel</em> may also be minimised by selecting the
|
||
<strong>green up-arrow". When minimised, only these three icons are shown. The
|
||
panel can be maximised by clicking the icon that minimised the panel. The
|
||
filter may also be reset and closed by selecting the *red button</strong> with the
|
||
white cross. An example of the <em>Filter Panel</em> is shown in the figure below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Filterpanel.jpg" alt="Figure: Filter panel" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Four filter criteria may be used to filter the dive list: dive tags, person
|
||
(buddy / dive master), dive site and dive suit, each of which is represented
|
||
by a check list with check boxes. Above each check list is a second-level
|
||
filter tool, allowing the listing of only some of the attributes within that
|
||
check list. For instance, typing "<em>ca</em>" in the filter textbox above the tags
|
||
check list results in the tags check list being reduced to "<em>cave</em>" and
|
||
"<em>cavern</em>". Filtering of the check list enables the rapid finding of search
|
||
terms for filtering the dive list.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To activate filtering of the dive list, check at least tone check box in one
|
||
of the four check lists. The dive list is then shortened to include only the
|
||
dives that pertain to the criteria specified in the check lists. The four
|
||
check lists work as a filter with <em>AND</em> operators, Subsurface filters
|
||
therefore for <em>cave</em> as a tag AND <em>Joe Smith</em> as a buddy; but the filters
|
||
within a category are inclusive - filtering for <em>cave</em> and <em>boat</em> shows
|
||
those dives that have either one OR both of these tags.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_ExportLog">8. Exporting the dive log or parts of the dive log</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are two routes for the export of dive information from Subsurface:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Exporter les informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Export_other">Exporter des informations de plongée vers d’autres
|
||
destinations ou formats</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_facebook">8.1. Export des informations de plongée vers <em>Facebook</em></h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>L’export des plongées vers <em>Facebook</em> est géré différemment des autres types
|
||
d’export. Cela est du au fait que l’export vers <em>Facebook</em> nécessite une
|
||
connexion vers <em>Facebook</em>, nécessitant un identifiant et un mot de passe. À
|
||
partir du menu principal, si vous sélectionnez <em>Fichier → Préférences →
|
||
Facebook</em>, un écran de connexion est présenté (voir l’image <strong>A</strong> sur la
|
||
gauche, ci dessous). Entrez vos identifiant et mot de passe <em>Facebook</em>. Une
|
||
fois connecté à <em>Facebook</em>, le panneau de l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous est
|
||
présenté. Ce panneau a un bouton qui doit être sélectionné pour fermer la
|
||
connexion <em>Facebook</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/facebook1_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois qu’une connexion à <em>Facebook</em> est établie, transférer un profil de
|
||
plongée vers <em>Facebook</em> est facile. Une icône <em>Facebook</em> apparait dans le
|
||
panneau <strong>Notes</strong> de <em>Subsurface</em> (voir l’image <strong>A</strong> ci-dessous). Assurez-vous
|
||
que la plongée à transférer est affichée dans le panneau <strong>Profil de plongée</strong>
|
||
de <em>Subsurface</em>. Sélectionnez l’icône <em>Facebook</em> et une fenêtre s’affiche,
|
||
pour déterminer quelles informations seront transférées avec le profil de
|
||
plongée (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci-dessous). Pour transférer un profil de plongée
|
||
vers <em>Facebook</em>, le nom d’un album <em>Facebook</em> doit être fourni. Les cases à
|
||
cocher sur la partie gauche permettent de sélectionner des informations
|
||
supplémentaires à transférer avec le profil de plongée. Ces informations
|
||
sont affichées dans le champs de texte sur la partie droite du
|
||
panneau. (voir l’image <strong>B</strong> ci dessous). Vous pouvez facilement modifier le
|
||
message qui sera envoyé directement dans ce champs. Une fois les
|
||
informations supplémentaires ajoutées et vérifiées, sélectionner le bouton
|
||
<em>OK</em> qui lance le transfert vers <em>Facebook</em>. Après un moment, une fenêtre
|
||
apparait indiquant le succès du transfert.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>À la fois l’album créé et la publication sur votre ligne temporelle seront
|
||
marquées comme privés. Pour que vos amis puissent voir la publication, vous
|
||
devrez modifier les permissions à partir d’une connexion Facebook standard
|
||
depuis un navigateur ou l’application Facebook. Malgré que cela soit une
|
||
étape supplémentaire, les développeurs ont pensé que c'était la meilleure
|
||
solution pour éviter d’avoir des publications non désirées sur votre ligne
|
||
temporelle publique.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/facebook2_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Facebook login" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si besoin, fermer la connexion <em>Facebook</em> en fermant <em>Subsurface</em> ou en
|
||
sélectionnant _Fichier → Préférences → Facebook, à partir du menu
|
||
principal et en cliquant sur le bouton approprié dans le panneau des
|
||
préférences Facebook.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_Export_other">8.2. Export dive information to other destinations or formats</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For non-<em>Facebook exports</em>, the export function can be reached by selecting
|
||
<em>File → Export</em>, which brings up the Export dialog. This dialog always
|
||
gives two options: save ALL dives, or save only the dives selected in <strong>Dive
|
||
List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>. Click the appropriate radio button (see images
|
||
below).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Export_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: Export dialog" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>A dive log or part of it can be saved in three formats:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Subsurface XML</em> format. This is the native format used by <em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Universal Dive Data Format (<em>UDDF</em>). Refer to <em>http://uddf.org</em> for more
|
||
information. UDDF is a generic format that enables communication among many
|
||
dive computers and computer programs.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, an Internet-based dive log repository. In order to upload to
|
||
<em>Divelogs.de</em>, one needs a user-ID as well as a password for
|
||
<em>Divelogs.de</em>. Log into <em>http://en.divelogs.de</em> and subscribe to this
|
||
service in order to upload dive log data from <em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>DiveShare</em> is also a dive log repository on the Internet focusing on the
|
||
recreational dives. In order to upload dives one has to provide a used ID,
|
||
so registration with <em>http://scubadiveshare.com</em> is required.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>CSV dive details</em>, that includes the most critical information of the dive
|
||
profile. Included information of a dive is: dive number, date, time, buddy,
|
||
duration, depth, temperature and pressure: in short, most of the information
|
||
that recreational divers enter into handwritten log books.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>CSV dive profile</em>, that includes a large amount of detail for each dive,
|
||
including the depth profile, temperature and pressure information of each
|
||
dive.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>HTML</em> format, in which the dive(s) are stored in HTML files, readable with
|
||
an Internet browser. Most modern web browsers are supported, but JavaScript
|
||
must be enabled. This HTML file is not intended to be edited by the users.
|
||
The HTML dive log contains most of the information and also contains a
|
||
search option to search the dive log. HTML export is specified on the second
|
||
tab of the Export dialog (image <strong>B</strong> above). A typical use of this option is
|
||
to export all one’s dives to a smartphone or a tablet where it would serve
|
||
as a very portable record of dives useful for dive companies that wish to
|
||
verify the dive history of a diver. This does away with the need to carry
|
||
one’s original logbook with one when doing dives with dive companies.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Worldmap</em> format, an HTML file with a world map upon which each dive and
|
||
some information about it are indicated. This map is not editable. However,
|
||
if one selects any of the dive sites on the map, a summary of the dive is
|
||
available in text, as shown in the image below.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/mapview_f20.jpg" alt="Figure: HTML Map export view" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Image depths</em>, which creates a text file that contains the file names of
|
||
all photos or images attached to any of the selected dives in the <em>Dive
|
||
List</em>, together with the depth under water where of each of those photos
|
||
were taken.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>General Settings</em>, under the HTML tab, provides the following options:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Subsurface Numbers: if this option is checked, the dive(s) are exported with the
|
||
numbers associated with them in Subsurface, Otherwise the dive(s) will be numbered
|
||
starting from 1.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Export Yearly Statistics: if this option is checked, a yearly statistics table will
|
||
be attached with the HTML exports.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Export List only: a list of dives will only be exported and the detailed dive
|
||
information will not be available.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Under <em>Style Options</em> some style-related options are available like font
|
||
size and theme.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Export to other formats can be achieved through third party facilities, for
|
||
instance <em>www.divelogs.de</em>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_Cloud_access">9. Keeping a <em>Subsurface</em> dive log in the Cloud</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For each diver, dive log information is highly important. Not only is it a
|
||
record of diving activities for one’s own pleasure, but it is important
|
||
information required for admission to further training courses or
|
||
(sometimes) even diving sites. The security of the dive log is therefore
|
||
critical. In order to have a dive log that is resistant to failure of a home
|
||
computer hard drive, loss or theft of equipment, the Cloud is an obvious
|
||
solution. This also has the added benefit that one can access one’s dive log
|
||
from anywhere in the world without having to carry it with oneself. For this
|
||
reason, facilities such as <em>divelogs.de</em> and <em>Diving Log</em> offer to store
|
||
dive log information on the Internet.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> includes access to a transparently integrated cloud storage
|
||
backend that is available to all Subsurface users. In order to use the
|
||
<em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> the users need to follow these steps</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Create a cloud storage account:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Open the <em>Preferences</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Under <em>Defaults</em>, in the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> section, enter
|
||
their email address and a password
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click <em>Apply</em> or <em>Done</em> to send email address and password to the
|
||
server
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The server will respond with an email to the given address that
|
||
contains a verification PIN
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Enter the PIN in the corresponding field in the <em>Preferences</em> dialog
|
||
(this field is only visible while the backend server is waiting for email
|
||
address confirmation)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click <em>Apply</em> or <em>Done</em> again, the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> account
|
||
will be marked as verified and the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> service can
|
||
be used
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Use <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
From the <em>File</em> menu users can load and save data to the <em>Subsurface
|
||
cloud storage</em> server
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In the <em>Preferences</em>, users can select to use the <em>Subsurface cloud
|
||
storage</em> data as their default data file which means that the data from
|
||
the <em>Subsurface cloud storage</em> will be displayed when <em>Subsurface</em> starts.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> keeps a local copy of the data and <em>Subsurface</em> stays fully
|
||
functional if used while offline. <em>Subsurface</em> will simply synchronize the
|
||
data with the backend serer the next time it is used while the computer is
|
||
online.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Although <em>Subsurface</em> offers integrated Cloud storage of dive logs, it is
|
||
also simple to achieve this using several of the existing facilities on the
|
||
Internet.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For instance <a href="http://www.dropbox.com/"><em>Dropbox</em></a> offers a free application
|
||
that allows files on the Dropbox servers to be seen as a local folder on
|
||
one’s desktop computer.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Cloud.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dropbox folder" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Dropbox</em> program creates a copy of the <em>Dropbox</em> Internet Cloud content
|
||
on one’s desktop computer. When the computer is connected to the Internet,
|
||
the Internet content is automatically updated. Therefore both the <em>Open</em> and
|
||
<em>Save</em> of dive logs are done using the local copy of the dive log in the
|
||
local <em>Dropbox</em> folder, so there’s no need for a direct internet
|
||
connection. If the local copy is modified, e.g. by adding a dive, the remote
|
||
copy in the <em>Dropbox</em> server in the Cloud will be automatically updated
|
||
whenever Internet access is available.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>In this way a dive log in one’s <em>Dropbox</em> folder can be accessed seamlessly
|
||
from the Internet and can be accessed from any place with Internet
|
||
access. Currently there are no costs involved for this service. Dropbox
|
||
(Windows, Mac and Linux) can be installed by accessing the
|
||
<a href="http://www.dropbox.com/install"><em>Install Page on the Dropbox website</em></a>
|
||
Alternatively one can use <em>Dropbox</em> as a mechanism to backup one’s dive
|
||
log. To Store a dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File → Save as</em> from the
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> main menu, navigate to the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the
|
||
<em>Save</em> button. To access the dive log in the Cloud, select <em>File → Open
|
||
Logbook</em> from the <em>Subsurface</em> main menu and navigate to the dive log file
|
||
in the <em>Dropbox</em> folder and select the <em>Open</em> button.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Several paid services exist on the Internet (e.g. Google, Amazon) where the
|
||
same process could be used for the Cloud-based storage of dive logs.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_PrintDivelog">10. Printing a dive log</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> provides a simple interface to print a whole dive log or only a
|
||
few selected dives, including dive profiles and other contextual
|
||
information.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Before printing, two decisions are required:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Should the whole dive log be printed or only part of it? If only part of the
|
||
dive log is required, then the user must select the required dives from the
|
||
<strong>Dive List</strong> panel.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
What gas partial pressure information is required on the dive profile? Users
|
||
should select the appropriate toggle-buttons on the button bar to the left
|
||
of the Dive Profile panel.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now the print options should be selected to match the user’s needs. To do
|
||
this, user should select <em>File → Print</em> from the Main menu. The following
|
||
dialogue appears (see the image on the left [A], below).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/PrintDiveLog.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print dialogue" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print type</em> users need to select one of three options:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Print the complete Dive List: to do this, <em>Table Print</em> should be selected.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 6
|
||
dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>6 dives per page</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 2
|
||
dives per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>2 dives per page</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Print the selected dives (dive profiles and all other information) at 1 dive
|
||
per printed page: to do this, users should select <em>1 dive per page</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under <em>Print options</em> users need to select:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Printing only the dives that have been selected from the dive list prior to
|
||
activating the print dialogue, achieved by checking the box <em>Print only
|
||
selected dives</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Printing in colour, achieved by checking the box with <em>Print in colour</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Ordering</em> affects the layout of the page (or part of it) for each
|
||
dive. The dive profile could be printed at the top of each dive, with the
|
||
textual information underneath, or it could be printed with the textual
|
||
information at the top with the dive profile underneath. Users should select
|
||
the appropriate option in the print dialogue. See the image below which has
|
||
a layout with text below the dive profile.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Users can <em>Preview</em> the printed page by selecting the <em>Preview</em> button on
|
||
the dialogue. After preview, changes to the options in the print dialogue
|
||
can be made, resulting in a layout that fits personal taste.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next, select the <em>Print</em> button in the dialogue. This activates the regular
|
||
print dialogue used by the user operating system (image [<strong>B</strong>] in the middle,
|
||
above), allowing them to choose a printer and to set its properties (image
|
||
[<strong>C</strong>] on the right, above). It is important to set the print resolution of
|
||
the printer to an appropriate value by changing the printer
|
||
properties. Finally, one can print the dives. Below is a (rather small)
|
||
example of the output for one particular page.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Printpreview.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Print preview page" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_Configure">11. Configurer un ordinateur de plongée</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> permet de configurer son ordinateur de plongée. Actuellement,
|
||
les familles d’ordinateurs supportés sont Heinrichs-Weikamp (OSTC 2, OSTC 3)
|
||
et Suunto Vyper (Stinger, Mosquito, D3, Vyper, Vytec, Cobra, Gekko et
|
||
Zoop). De nombreux paramètres de ces ordinateurs de plongée peuvent être
|
||
lues et modifiées. La première étape est de s’assurer que les pilotes pour
|
||
votre ordinateur de plongée sont installés et que le nom de périphérique de
|
||
l’ordinateur de plongée est connu. Voir
|
||
<a href="#_appendix_a_operating_system_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information_from_a_dive_computer">APPENDIX A</a> pour plus d’informations sur la manière de procéder.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Une fois que l’ordinateur de plongée est connecté à <em>Subsurface</em>,
|
||
sélectionner <em>Fichier → Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em>, à partir du
|
||
menu principal. Fournir le nom du périphérique dans le champ en haut du
|
||
panneau de configuration qui ouvre et sélectionne le bon modèle d’ordinateur
|
||
de plongée à partir du panneau à gauche (voir l’image ci-dessous).</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Configure_dc_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Configure dive computer" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>En utilisant les boutons appropriés du panneau de configuration, les actions
|
||
suivantes peuvent être réalisées :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Récupérer les détails disponibles</strong>. Cela charge la configuration existante à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée
|
||
dans <em>Subsurface</em>, en l’affichant dans le panneau de configuration.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Enregistrer les modifications sur le périphérique</strong>. Cela change la configuration de l’ordinateur
|
||
de plongée pour correspondre aux informations affichées dans le panneau de configuration.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Sauvegarder</strong>. Cela enregistre la configuration dans un fichier. <em>Subsurface</em> demande
|
||
l’emplacement et le nom du fichier pour enregistrer les informations.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Restaurer une sauvegarde</strong>. Cela charge les informations à partir d’un fichier de sauvegarde et l’affiche
|
||
dans le panneau de configuration.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Mettre à jour le firmware</strong>. Si un nouveau firmware est disponible pour l’ordinateur de plongée,
|
||
il sera chargé dans l’ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_Preferences">12. Setting user <em>Preferences</em> for <em>Subsurface</em></h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings within <em>Subsurface</em> that the user can
|
||
specify. These are found when selecting <em>File → Preferences</em>. The settings
|
||
are performed in five groups: <strong>Defaults</strong>, <strong>Units</strong>, <strong>Graph</strong>, <strong>Language</strong> and
|
||
<strong>Network</strong>. All five sections operate on the same principles: the user must
|
||
specify the settings that are to be changed, then these changes are saved
|
||
using the <strong>Apply</strong> button. After applying all the new settings users can then
|
||
leave the settings panel by selecting <strong>OK</strong>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_defaults">12.1. Defaults</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>There are several settings in the <strong>Defaults</strong> panel:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Pref1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences defaults page" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Lists and tables</strong>: Here one can specify the font type and font size of the
|
||
<strong>Dive Table</strong> panel. By decreasing the font size of the <strong>Dive Table</strong>, users can see more dives on a screen.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Dives</strong>: For the <em>Default Dive File</em> one need to specify the directory and
|
||
file name of one’s
|
||
electronic dive log book. This is a file with filename extension .xml. When
|
||
launched, <em>Subsurface</em> will automatically load the specified dive log book.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Display invalid</strong>: Dives can be marked as invalid (when a user wishes to hide
|
||
dives that he/she don’t consider valid dives, e.g. pool dives, but still want to
|
||
keep them in the dive log). This controls whether those dives are displayed in
|
||
the dive list.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Default cylinder</strong>: Here users can specify the default cylinder listed in
|
||
the <strong>Equipment</strong> tab of the <strong>Notes</strong> panel.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Animations</strong>: Some actions in showing the dive profile are performed using
|
||
animations. For instance, the axis values for depth and time change from dive to
|
||
dive. When viewing a different dive, these changes in axis characteristics do not
|
||
happen instantaneously, but are animated. The <em>Speed</em> of animations can be controlled
|
||
by setting this slider
|
||
with faster animation speed to the left, with a 0 value representing no animation
|
||
at all.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Subsurface web service</strong>: When one subscribes to the <a href="#S_Companion">Subsurface web service</a>, a very
|
||
long and hard-to-remember userID is issued. This is the place to save that userID. By
|
||
checking the option <em>Save User ID locally?</em>, one ensures that a local copy of that userID
|
||
is saved.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Clear all settings</strong>: As indicated in the button below this heading, all settings are
|
||
cleared and set to default values.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_units">12.2. Units</h3>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Pref2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Units page" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Here user can choose between metric and imperial units of depth, pressure,
|
||
volume, temperature and mass. By selecting the Metric or Imperial radio
|
||
button at the top, users can specify that all units are in the chosen
|
||
measurement system. Alternatively, if one selects the <strong>Personalise</strong> radio
|
||
button, units can be selected independently, with some units in the metric
|
||
system and others in imperial.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_graph">12.3. Graph</h3>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" id="S_CCR_options" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Pref3_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Graph page" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph" id="S_GradientFactors"><p>This panel allows two type of selections:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Show</strong>: Here users can specify the amount of information shown as part of
|
||
the dive profile:
|
||
<strong>* Thresholds: <em>Subsurface</em> can display the nitrogen, oxygen and the helium partial pressures during
|
||
the dive. These are enabled using the toolbar on the left hand side of the *Dive Profile</strong>
|
||
panel. For each of these graphs users can specify a threshold value on the right-hand side of the
|
||
Preferences panel. If any of the graphs go above this threshold level, the graph is
|
||
highlighted in red, indicating that the threshold has been exceeded.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Draw dive computer reported ceiling red</em>: This checkbox allows exactly what it says.
|
||
Not all dive computers report ceiling values. If the dive computer does report it, it may differ
|
||
from the ceilings calculated by <em>Subsurface</em>. This is because of the different algorithms and gradient factors available for calculating ceilings, as well as the dynamic way that a
|
||
dive computer can calculate ceilings during a dive.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Show unused cylinders in Equipment Tab</em>: This checkbox allows display of information about unused cylinders when viewing the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong>. Conversely, if this box is not checked, and any cylinders entered using the <strong>Equipment Tab</strong> are not used (e.g. there was no gas switch to such a cylinder), then these cylinders are omitted from that list.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Show average depth</em>: Activating this checkbox causes <em>Subsurface</em> to draw a grey line across
|
||
the dive profile, indicating the mean depth of the dive up to a particular point in time during
|
||
that dive. Normally this is a u-shaped line indicating the deepest average depth just before the
|
||
ascent.
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist" id="GradientFactors_Ref"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Misc</strong>:
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Gradient Factors:* Here users can set the <em>gradient factors</em> used while diving. GF_Low is
|
||
the gradient factor at depth and GF_High is used just below the surface.
|
||
At intermediate depths gradient factors between GF_Low and GF_High are used.
|
||
Gradient factors add conservatism to the nitrogen exposure during a dive, in a
|
||
similar way that many dive computers have a conservatism setting. The lower
|
||
the value of a gradient factor, the more conservative the calculations are with
|
||
respect to nitrogen loading and the deeper the ascent ceilings are. Gradient
|
||
factors of 20/60 are considered conservative and values of 60/90 are considered
|
||
harsh. Checking <strong>GFLow at max depth</strong> box causes GF_Low to be used at the
|
||
deepest depth of a dive. If this box is not checked, GF_Low is applied at
|
||
all depths deeper than the first deco stop. For more information see:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>CCR: Show setpoints when viewing pO2:</em> With this checkbox ativated, the pO<sub>2</sub>
|
||
graph on the dive profile has an overlay in red which inticates the CCR setpoint
|
||
values. See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>CCR: Show individual O<sub>2</sub> sensor values when viewing pO<sub>2</sub>:</em> Show the pO<sub>2</sub>
|
||
values associated with each of the individual oxygen sensors of a CCR system.
|
||
See the section on <a href="#S_CCR_dives">Closed Circuit Rebreather dives</a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Configuring dive planning using rebreather equipment:</strong>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Default CCR setpoint for dive planning:</em> Specify the O<sub>2</sub> setpoint for a
|
||
CCR dive plan. This determines the pO<sub>2</sub> that will be maintained
|
||
during a particular dive. This is the setpoint that is used at the start
|
||
of any CCR dive. Setpoint changes during the dive can be added via the
|
||
profile context menu.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>pSCR O<sub>2</sub> metabolism rate:</em> For a semiclosed rebreather (pSCR) system, this is the
|
||
volume of oxygen used by a diver each minute. Set this value for pSCR dive planning
|
||
and decompression calculations.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>pSCR ratio:</em> For pSCR equipment the dump ratio is the ratio of gas released to the
|
||
environment to that of the gas recirculated to the diver. Set this value for a
|
||
pSCR dive plan.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_language">12.4. Language</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Choose a language that <em>Subsurface</em> will use.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Pref4_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Language page" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>A checkbox allows one to use the <em>System Default</em> language which in most
|
||
cases will be the correct setting; with this <em>Subsurface</em> simply runs in the
|
||
same language / country settings as the underlying OS. If this is for some
|
||
reason undesirable users can uncheck this checkbox and pick a language /
|
||
country combination from the list of included localizations. The <em>Filter</em>
|
||
text box allows one to list similar languages. For instance there are
|
||
several system variants of English or French. This particular preference
|
||
requires a restart of <em>Subsurface</em> to take effect.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_network">12.5. Network</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This panel facilitates communication between <em>Subsurface</em> and data sources
|
||
on the Internet.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Pref5_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Preferences Network page" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This is important, for instance, when <em>Subsurface</em> needs to communicate with
|
||
Internet services such as the <a href="#S_Companion"><em>Subsurface Companion app</em></a> or
|
||
data export/import from <em>Divelogs.de</em>. These Internet requirements are
|
||
determined by one’s type of connection to the Internet and by the Internet
|
||
Service Provider (ISP) used. One’s ISP should provide the appropriate
|
||
information. If a proxy server is used for Internet access, the appropriate
|
||
information needs to be provided here. The type of proxy needs to be
|
||
selected from the dropdown list. after which the IP address of the host and
|
||
the appropriate port number should be provided. If the proxy server uses
|
||
authentication, the appropriate userID and password also needs to be
|
||
provided so that <em>Subsurface</em> can automatically pass through the proxy
|
||
server to access the Internet.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_accès_facebook">12.6. Accès Facebook</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ce panneau vous permet de vous connecter à votre compte Facebook pour
|
||
transférer des informations de Subsurface vers Facebook.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Pref6_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Facebook login panel" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Si un identifiant Facebook et un mot de passe valides ont été fournis, une
|
||
connexion vers Facebook est créée. Cette connexion est fermée lorsque
|
||
Subsurface est fermé. Pour le moment, la case à cocher nommée "Conserver ma
|
||
connexion à Subsurface", sur l'écran de connexion, n’a aucun
|
||
effet. Reportez-vous à la section <a href="#S_facebook">Export des profils de
|
||
plongée vers Facebook</a> pour plus d’informations.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_DivePlanner">13. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive planning is an advanced feature of <em>Subsurface</em>, accessible by
|
||
selecting <em>Log → Plan Dive</em> from the main menu. It allows calculation of
|
||
nitrogen load during a dive by using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm with the
|
||
addition of gradient factors as implemented by Erik Baker.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sidebarblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/warning2.png" alt="Warning" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner IS CURRENTLY EXPERIMENTAL and assumes the user
|
||
is already familiar with the <em>Subsurface</em> user interface. It is explicitly
|
||
used under the following conditions:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The user is conversant with dive planning and has the necessary training to
|
||
perform dive planning.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The user plans dives within his/her certification limits.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Dive planning makes large assumptions about the characteristics of the
|
||
<em>average person</em> and cannot compensate for individual physiology or health
|
||
or personal history or life style characteristics.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The safety of a dive plan depends heavily on the way in which the planner is
|
||
used.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The user is familiar with the user interface of <em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
A user who is not absolutely sure about any of the above requirements should
|
||
not use this feature.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_the_em_subsurface_em_dive_planner_screen">13.1. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner screen</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Like the <em>Subsurface</em> dive log, the planner screen is divided into several
|
||
sections (see image below). The <strong>setup</strong> parameters for a dive are entered
|
||
into the several sections on the left hand side of the screen. The setup is
|
||
divided into several sections: Available Gases, Rates, Planning, Gas Options
|
||
and Notes.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the top right hand is a green <strong>design panel</strong> upon which the profile of
|
||
the dive can be manipulated directly by dragging and clicking as explained
|
||
below. This feature makes the <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner unique in ease of
|
||
use.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>At the bottom right is a text panel with a heading of <em>Dive Plan
|
||
Details</em>. This is where the details of the dive plan are provided in a way
|
||
that can easily be copied to other software. This is also where any warning
|
||
messages about the dive plan are printed.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/PlannerWindow1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Dive planner startup window" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_open_circuit_dives">13.2. Open circuit dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Towards the centre bottom of the planner (circled in blue in the image
|
||
above) is a dropbox with three options. Select the appropriate one of these:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Open Circuit (the default)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
CCR
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
pSCR
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Choose the Open Circuit option.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In the top left-hand area of the planning screen, ensure that the constant
|
||
dive parameters are appropriate. These are: Start date and time of the
|
||
intended dive, Atmospheric Pressure and Altitude above sea level of the dive
|
||
site. The atmospheric pressure can also be entered as an altitude in metres,
|
||
assuming a sea-level atmospheric pressure of 1.013 bar.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In the table labeled <em>Available Gases</em>, add the information of the cylinders
|
||
to be used as well as the gas composition within that cylinder. This is done
|
||
in a similar way as for <a href="#S_CylinderData">providing cylinder data for dive logs</a>. Choose the cylinder type by double clicking the cylinder type and
|
||
using the dropdown list, then specify the work pressure of this cylinder. By
|
||
leaving the oxygen concentration (O2%) filed empty, the cylinder is assumed
|
||
to contain air. Otherwise enter the oxygen and/or helium concentration in
|
||
the boxes provided in this dialogue. Add additional cylinders by using the
|
||
"+" icon to the top righthand of the dialogue.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The profile of the planned dive can be created in two ways:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Drag the waypoints (the small white circles) on the existing dive profile in
|
||
a way to represent the dive. Additional waypoints can be created by
|
||
double-clicking the existing dive profile. Waypoints can be deleted by
|
||
right-clicking a particular waypoint and selecting the <em>delete</em> item from
|
||
the resulting context menu.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The most efficient way to create a dive profile is to enter the appropriate
|
||
values into the table marked <em>Dive planner points</em>. The first line of the
|
||
table represents the duration and the final depth of the descent from the
|
||
surface. Subsequent segments describe the bottom phase of the dive. The <em>CC
|
||
set point</em> column is only relevant for closed circuit divers. The ascent is
|
||
usually not specified because this is what the planner is supposed to
|
||
calculate. Add additional segments to the profile by selecting the "+" icon
|
||
at the top right hand of the table. Segments entered into the <em>Dive planner
|
||
points</em> table automatically appear in the <strong>Dive Profile</strong> diagram.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_recreational_dives">13.2.1. Recreational dives</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner allows a sophisticated way of planning
|
||
recreational dives, i.e. dives that remain within no-decompression limits.
|
||
The dive planner automatically takes into account the nitrogen load incurred
|
||
in previous dives. But conventional dive tables are also used in a way that
|
||
can take into account previous dives. Why use a dive planner for
|
||
recreational dives? Using recreational dive tables, the maximum depth of a
|
||
dive is taken into acount. However, few dives are undertaken at a constant
|
||
depth corresponding to the maximum depth (i.e. a "square" dive
|
||
profile). This means that dive tables overestimate the nitrogen load
|
||
incurred during previous dives. The <em>Subsurface</em> dive planner calculates
|
||
nitrogen load according to the real dive profiles of all uploaded previous
|
||
dives, in a similar way as dive computers calculate nitrogen load during a
|
||
dive. This mean that the diver gets <em>credit</em> in terms of nitrogen loading
|
||
for not remaining at maximum depth during previous dives, enabling planning
|
||
a longer subsequent dive. For the planner to work it is therefore crucial to
|
||
upload all previous dives onto <em>Subsurface</em> before performing dive planning.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive, the appropriate settings need to be defined.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure that the date and time is set to that of the intended dive. This
|
||
allows calculation of the nitrogen load incurred during previous dives.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Immediately under the heading <em>Planning</em> are two checkboxes <em>Recreational</em>
|
||
and <em>Safety Stop</em>. Check these two boxes.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Then define the cylinder size, the gas mixture (air or % oxygen) and the
|
||
starting cylinder pressure in the top left-hand section of the planner under
|
||
<em>Available gases</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The planner calculates whether the specified cylinder contains enough
|
||
air/gas to complete the planned dive. In order for this to be realistic,
|
||
under <em>Gas options</em>, specify an appropriate surface air consumption (SAC)
|
||
rate for <em>Bottom SAC</em>. Suitable values are between 15 l/min and 30 l/min,
|
||
with novice divers or difficult dives requiring SAC rates closer to 30l/min.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Define the amount of gas that the cylinder must have at the end of the
|
||
bottom section of the dive just before ascent. A value of 50 bar is often
|
||
used.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Define the depth of the dive by dragging the waypoints (white dots) on the
|
||
dive profile or (even better) defining the appropriate depths using the
|
||
table under <em>Dive planner points</em> as desribed under the previous heading. If
|
||
this is a multilevel dive, set the appropriate dive depths to represent the
|
||
dive plan by adding waypoints to the dive profile or by adding appropriate
|
||
dive planner points to the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> table.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The ascent speed can be changed. The default ascent speeds are those
|
||
considered safe for recreational divers.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile in the planner indicates the maximum dive time within
|
||
no-deco limits using the Bühlmann ZH-L16 algorithm and the gas and depth
|
||
settings specified as described above. The <em>Subsurface</em> planner allows rapid
|
||
assessment of dive duration as a function of dive depth, given the nitrogen
|
||
load incurred during previous dives. The dive plan includes estimates of the
|
||
amount of air/gas used, depending on the cylinder settings specified under
|
||
<em>Available gases</em>. If the initial cylinder pressure is set to 0, the dive
|
||
duration shown is the true no-deco limit (NDL) without taking into account
|
||
gas used during the dive. If the surface above the dive profile is RED it
|
||
means that recreational dive limits are exceeded and either the dive
|
||
duration or the dive depth needs to be reduced.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of a dive plan for a recreational dive at 30
|
||
metres. Although the no-deco limit (NDL) is 23 minutes, the duration of the
|
||
dive is limited by the amount of air in the cylinder, reflected by the
|
||
information in the text box at the bottom right of the panel.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/rec_diveplan.jpg" alt="FIGURE: A recreational dive plan: setup" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_non_recreational_open_circuit_dives_including_decompression">13.2.2. Non-recreational open circuit dives, including decompression</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Non-recreational dive planning involves exceeding the no-deco limits and/or
|
||
using multiple breathing gases. Such dives are planned in three stages:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>a) Nitrogen management</strong>: This is performed by specifying the rates for descent and ascent,
|
||
as well as the gradient factors (GFLow and GFHigh) under the headings <em>Rates</em> and <em>Planning</em>
|
||
to the bottom left of the planning screen. Initially, the GFHigh and GFLow values in the <em>Preferences</em>
|
||
panel of <em>Subsurface</em> is used. If these are changed within the planner (see <em>Gas Options</em> within
|
||
the planner), the new values are
|
||
used without changing the original values in the <em>Preferences</em>. Gradient Factor settings strongly affect the calculated ceilings and their depths.
|
||
A very low GFLow value brings about decompression stops early on during the dive.
|
||
** For more information about Gradient factors, see the section on <a href="#S_GradientFactors">Gradient Factor Preference settings</a>.
|
||
For more information external to this manual see:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="http://www.tek-dive.com/portal/upload/M-Values.pdf">Understanding
|
||
M-values by Erik Baker, <em>Immersed</em> Vol. 3, No. 3.</a>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="http://www.rebreatherworld.com/general-and-new-to-rebreather-articles/5037-gradient-factors-for-dummies.html">Gradient
|
||
factors for dummies, by Kevin Watts</a>
|
||
<a href="http://www.amazon.com/Deco-Divers-Decompression-Theory-Physiology/dp/1905492073/ref=sr_1_1?s=books&ie=UTF8&qid=1403932320&sr=1-1&keywords=deco+for+divers"><em>Deco
|
||
for Divers</em>, by Mark Powell (2008). Aquapress</a> Southend-on-Sea, UK. ISBN 10:
|
||
1-905492-07-3. An excellent non-technical review.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The ascent rate is critical for nitrogen off-gassing at the end of the dive
|
||
and is specified for several depth ranges, utilising the average (or mean)
|
||
depth as a yardstick. The mean depth of the dive plan is indicated by a
|
||
light grey line on the dive profile. Ascent rates at deeper levels are often
|
||
in the range of 8-12 m/min, while ascent rates near the surface are often in
|
||
the range of 4-9 m/min. The descent rate is also specified. If the option
|
||
<em>Drop to first depth</em> is activated, then the descent phase of the planned
|
||
dive will be at the maximal descent rate specified in the <em>Rates</em> section of
|
||
the dive setup.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>b) Oxygen management</strong>: In the <strong>Gas Options</strong> part of the dive specification, the maximum partial
|
||
pressure for oxygen needs to be specified for the
|
||
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom po2</em>) as well as for the decompression part of the dive (<em>deco po2</em>).
|
||
The most commonly
|
||
used values are 1.4 bar for the bottom part of the dive and 1.6 bar for any decompression
|
||
stages. Normally, a partial pressure of 1.6 bar is not exceeded. PO2 settings and the depth at which switching to a gas takes place can also be edited in the
|
||
<em>Available Gases</em> dialog. Normally the planner decides on switching to a new gas when, during
|
||
ascent, the partial pressure of the new gas has increased to 1.6 bar.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>c) Gas management</strong>: With open-circuit dives this is a primary consideration. One needs to keep within the limits of the amount of gas within the dive
|
||
cylinder(s), allowing for an appropriate margin for a safe return to the surface, possibly
|
||
sharing with a buddy. Under the <em>Gas Options</em> heading, specify the best (but conservative) estimate
|
||
of your surface-equivalent air consumption (SAC, also termed RMV) in
|
||
litres/min (for the time being, only SI units are supported). Specify the SAC during the
|
||
bottom part of the dive (<em>bottom SAC</em>) as well as during the decompression or safety stops of the
|
||
dive (<em>deco SAC</em>). Values of 15-30 l/min are common. For good gas management, a thumbsuck guess
|
||
is not sufficient and one needs to
|
||
monitor one’s gas consumption on a regular basis, dependent on different dive conditions and/or equipment.
|
||
The planner calculates the total volume of gas used during the dive and issues a warning
|
||
if one exceeds the total amount of gas available. Good practice demands that one does not dive to
|
||
the limit of the gas supply but that an appropriate reserve is kept for unforeseen circumstances.
|
||
For technical diving, this reserve can be up to 66% of the total available gas.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Now (at last) one can start the detailed time-depth planning of the
|
||
dive. <em>Subsurface</em> offers a unique graphical interface for performing this
|
||
part of the planning. The mechanics of doing this is similar to
|
||
hand-entering a dive profile in the dive log part of <em>Subsurface</em>. Upon
|
||
activating the planner, a default dive of depth 15 m for 40 min is offered
|
||
in the bue design surface to the top right hand of the screen. The white
|
||
dots (waypoints) on the profile can be dragged with a mouse. Create more
|
||
waypoints by double-clicking on the profile line and ensuring that the
|
||
profile reflects the intended dive. Drag the waypoints to represent the
|
||
depth and duration of the dive. It is NOt necessary to specify the ascent
|
||
part of the dive since the planner calculates this, based on the settings
|
||
that have been specified. If any of the management limits (for nitrogen,
|
||
oxygen or gas) is exceeded, the surface above the dive profile changes from
|
||
BLUE to RED.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Each waypoint on the dive profile creates a <em>Dive Planner Point</em> in the
|
||
table on the left of the dive planner panel. Ensure that the <em>Used Gas</em>
|
||
value in each row of that table corresponds to one of the gas mixtures
|
||
specified in the <em>Available Gases</em> table. Add new waypoints until the main
|
||
features of the dive have been completed, e.g. the bottom time segment and
|
||
deep stops (if these are implemented). Leave the remaining waypoints on the
|
||
ascent to <em>Subsurface</em>. In most cases <em>Subsurface</em> computes additional way
|
||
points in order to fulfill decompression requirements for that dive. A
|
||
waypoint can be moved by selecting that waypoint and by using the arrow
|
||
keys. The waypoints listed in the <em>Dive Planner Points</em> dialogue can be
|
||
edited by hand in order to obtain a precise presentation of the dive
|
||
plan. In fact, one can create the whole dive profile by editing the <em>Dive
|
||
Planner Points</em> dialog.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Indicate any changes in gas cylinder used by indicating gas changes as
|
||
explained in the section <a href="#S_CreateProfile">hand-creating a dive profile</a>. These changes should reflect the cylinders and gas compositions
|
||
defined in the table with <em>Available Gases</em>. If two or more gases are used,
|
||
automatic gas switches will be suggested during the ascent to the
|
||
surface. However, these changes can be deleted by right-clicking the gas
|
||
change and by manually creating a gas change by right-clicking on the
|
||
appropriate waypoint.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>A non-zero value in the "CC set point" column of the table of dive planner
|
||
points indicates a valid setpoint for oxygen partial pressure and that the
|
||
segment is dived using a closed circuit rebreather (CCR). If the last
|
||
manually entered segment is a CCR segment, the decompression phase is
|
||
computed assuming the diver uses a CCR with the specified set-point. If the
|
||
last segment (however short) is on open circuit (OC, indicated by a zero
|
||
set-point) the decompression is computed in OC mode. The planner only
|
||
considers gas changes in OC mode.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an example of a dive plan to 45m using EAN26, followed by an ascent
|
||
using EAN50 and using the settings as described above.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/DivePlanner2_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a dive: setup" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the above has been completed, one can save it by clicking the <em>Save</em>
|
||
button towards the top middle of the planner. The saved dive plan will
|
||
appear in the <strong>Dive List</strong> panel of <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>The dive plan details</strong></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>On the bottom right of the dive planner, under <em>Dive Plan Details</em>, the
|
||
exact details of the dive plan are provided. These details may be modified
|
||
by checking any of the options under the <em>Notes</em> section of the dive
|
||
planner, immediately to the left of the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. If a <em>Verbatim
|
||
diveplan</em> is requested, a detailed sentence-level explanation of the dive
|
||
plan is given. If any of the management specifications have been exceeded
|
||
during the planning, a warning message is printed underneath the dive plan
|
||
information.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the option <em>Display segment duration</em> is checked, then the duration of
|
||
each depth level is indicated in the <em>Dive Plan Details</em>. This duration
|
||
INCLUDES the transition time to get to that level. However, if the <em>Display
|
||
transition in deco</em> option is checked, the transitions are shown separately
|
||
from the segment durations at a particular level.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_planning_pscr_dives">13.3. Planning pSCR dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a passive semi-closed rebreather (pSCR), select <em>pSCR</em> rather than
|
||
<em>Open circuit</em> in the dropdown list.
|
||
The parameters of the pSCR diver can be set by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em>
|
||
from the main menu, where the gas consumption calculation takes into account the pSCR dump
|
||
ratio (default 10:1) as well as the metabolism rate. The calculation also takes the oxygen drop
|
||
accross the mouthpiece of the rebreather into account. If the
|
||
pO<sub>2</sub> drops below what is considered a save value, a warning appears in the <em>Dive plan
|
||
details</em>. A typical pSCR configuration is with a single cylinder and one or more bail-out
|
||
cylinders. Therefore the setup of the <em>Available gases</em> and the <em>Dive planner points</em> tables
|
||
are very similar to that of a CCR dive plan, described above. However, no oxygen setpoints
|
||
are specified for pSCR dives. Below is a dive plan for a pSCR dive. The dive is comparable
|
||
to that of the CCR dive above, but note the longer ascent duration due to the lower oxygen
|
||
in the loop due to the oxygen drop across the mouthpiece of the pSCR equipment.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Planner_pSCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a pSCR dive: setup" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_planning_ccr_dives">13.4. Planning CCR dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To plan a dive using a closed circuit rebreather, select the <em>CCR</em> option in
|
||
the dropdown list, circled in blue in the image below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Available gases</strong>: In the <em>Available gases</em> table, enter the cylinder information for the
|
||
diluent cylinder and for any bail-out cylinders. Do NOT enter the information for the oxygen
|
||
cylinder since it is implied when the <em>CCR</em> dropdown selection is made.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Entering setpoints</strong>: Specify a default setpoint in the Preferences tab, by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Graph</em> from the main menu. All user-entered segments in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table
|
||
use the default setpoint value. Then, different setpoints can be specified for dive segments
|
||
in the <em>Dive planner points</em> table. A zero setpoint
|
||
means the diver bails out to open circuit mode for that segment. The decompression is always calculated
|
||
using the setpoint of the last manually entered segment. So, to plan a bail out ascent for a
|
||
CCR dive, add a one-minute dive segment to the end with a setpoint value of 0. The decompression
|
||
algorithm does not switch deco-gases automatically while in CCR mode (i.e. when a positive setpoint is specified) but, of course, this is calculated for bail out ascents.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The dive profile for a CCR dive may look something like the image below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Planner_CCR1_f20.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Planning a CCR dive: setup" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note that, in the <em>Dive plan details</em>, the gas consumption for a CCR segment
|
||
is not calculated, so gas consumptions of 0 litres are the norm.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_Replan">13.5. Modifying an existing dive plan</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Normally, when a dive plan has been saved, it is accessible from the <strong>Dive
|
||
List</strong>, like any other dive log. Within the <strong>Dive List</strong> there is not a way to
|
||
change a saved dive plan. To perform changes to a dive plan, select it on
|
||
the <strong>Dive List</strong>. Then, in the main menu, select <em>Log → Re-plan dive</em>. This
|
||
will open the selected dive plan within the dive planner, allowing changes
|
||
to be made and saved as usual.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>In addition there is the option "Save new". This keeps the original planned
|
||
dive and adds a (possibly modified) copy to the dive list. If that copy is
|
||
saved with the same start time as the original, the two dives are considered
|
||
two versions of the same dive and do not influence other each during
|
||
decompression calculation (see next section).</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_planning_for_repetitive_dives">13.6. Planning for repetitive dives</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Repetitive dives can easily be planned if the dates and start times of the
|
||
repetitive dive set is specified appropriately in the top left-hand <em>Start
|
||
Time</em> field. <em>Subsurface</em> calculates the gas loading figures correctly and
|
||
the effect of the first dive is evaluated on later dives.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one has just completed a long/deep dive and is planning another dive,
|
||
then highlight, in the <strong>Dive List</strong>, the dive that has just been completed
|
||
and then activate the planner. Depending on the start time of the planned
|
||
dive, the planner takes into account the gas loading incurred during the
|
||
completed dive and allows planning within these limitations.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If only a few standard configurations are used (e.g. in GUE), then a
|
||
template dive can be created conforming to one of the configurations. If one
|
||
now wishes to plan a dive using this configuration, just highlight the
|
||
template dive in the <strong>Dive List</strong> and activate the planner: the planner takes
|
||
into account the configuration in the highlighted dive.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_printing_the_dive_plan">13.7. Printing the dive plan</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Selecting the <em>Print</em> button in the planner allows printing of the <em>Dive
|
||
Plan Details</em> for wet notes. Alternatively one can cut and paste the <em>Dive
|
||
Plan Details</em> for inclusion in a text file or word processing document.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Dive plans have many characteristics in common with dive logs (dive profile,
|
||
dive notes, etc). After a dive plan has been saved, the dive details and
|
||
gas calculations are saved in the <strong>Notes</strong> tab. While a dive plan is being
|
||
designed, it can be printed using the <em>Print</em> button in the dive
|
||
planner. This prints the dive details and gas calculations in the <em>Dive Plan
|
||
Details</em> panel of the dive planner. However, after the plan has been saved,
|
||
it is represented in a way very similar to a dive log and the gas
|
||
calculations cannot be accessed in the same way as during the planning
|
||
process. The only way to print the dive plan is to use the <em>File → Print</em>
|
||
facility on the main menu in the same way as for dive logs or by copy and
|
||
paste to a word processor.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_description_des_éléments_du_menu_principal_de_subsurface">14. Description des éléments du menu principal de Subsurface</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Cette section décrit les fonctions et les opérations des éléments du menu
|
||
principal de Subsurface. Plusieurs éléments ci-dessous sont des liens vers
|
||
des sections de ce manuel traitant des opérations relatives.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_fichier">14.1. Fichier</h3>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_NewLogbook"><em>Nouveau carnet de plongée</em></a> - Fermer le carnet de plongée
|
||
actuellement ouvert et supprime toutes les informations de plongées.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Ouvrir un carnet de plongée</em> - Cela ouvre une fenêtre pour sélectionner le
|
||
carnet de plongée à ouvrir.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Sauvegarder</em> - Enregistrer le carnet de plongée qui est actuellement
|
||
ouvert.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Enregsitrer sous</em> - Enregistrer le carnet actuel sous un nom différent.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Fermer</em> - Fermer le carnet de plongée actuellement ouvert.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ExportLog"><em>Exporter</em></a> - Exporter le carnet de plongée actuellement
|
||
ouvert (ou les plongées sélectionnées dans le carnet) vers un des nombreux
|
||
formats.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_PrintDivelog"><em>Imprimer</em></a> - Imprimer le carnet de plongée actuellement
|
||
ouvert.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_FindMovedImages"><em>Find moved images</em></a> - If photos taken during dives
|
||
have been moved to
|
||
a different disk or directory, locate them and link them to the appropriate
|
||
dives.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Preferences"><em>Préférences</em></a> - Définir les préférences de <em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Configure"><em>Configurer l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> - Modifier la
|
||
configuration d’un ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Quitter</em> - Quitter <em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_importer">14.2. Importer</h3>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ImportDiveComputer"><em>Importer depuis un l’ordinateur de plongée</em></a> -
|
||
Importer des informations de plongées à partir de l’ordinateur de plongée.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#Unified_import"><em>Importer des fichiers de log</em></a> - Importer des
|
||
informations de plongées à partir d’un fichier d’un format compatible avec
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Companion"><em>Importer les données GPS depis le service web Subsurface</em></a> -
|
||
Charge les coordonnées GPS à partir de l’application mobile <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
(téléphones et tablettes).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ImportingDivelogsDe"><em>Importer depuis Divelogs.de</em></a> - Importer des
|
||
informations de plongées à partir de <em>www.Divelogs.de</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_journal_log">14.3. Journal (log)</h3>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_EnterData"><em>Ajouter une plongée</em></a> - Ajouter manuellement une nouvelle
|
||
plongée au panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Edit dive</em> - Edit a dive of which the profile was entered by hande and not
|
||
from a dive computer.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_DivePlanner"><em>Planifier une plongée</em></a> - Cette fonctionnalité permet de
|
||
planifier des plongées.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Replan"><em>Modifier la plongée dans le planificateur</em></a> - Modifier une
|
||
plongée planifiée qui a été enregistrée dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_CopyComponents"><em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em></a> - En
|
||
sélectionnant cette option, vous pouvez copier les informations de plusieurs
|
||
champs d’un journal de plongée vers le presse-papier.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Coller les composants de la plongée</em> - Colle, dans les plongées
|
||
sélectionnées dans la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>, les informations copiées au
|
||
préalable avec l’option <em>Copier les composants de la plongée</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Renumber"><em>Renuméroter</em></a> - Renuméroter les plongées sélectionnées dans
|
||
le panneau de la <strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Group"><em>Grouper automatiquement</em></a> - Grouper les plongées du panneau de
|
||
<strong>liste des plongées</strong> dans des voyages de plongées.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_DeviceNames"><em>Editer les noms des ordinateurs de plongée</em></a> - Modifier
|
||
les noms des ordinateurs de plongée pour faciliter vos journaux (logs).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_Filter"><em>Filtrer la liste des plongées</em></a> - Sélectionner seulement
|
||
certaines plongées, à partir de tags ou de critères de plongées.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_vue">14.4. Vue</h3>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Tout</em></a> - Affiche les quatre panneaux principaux de
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> simultanément.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Liste des plongées</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la
|
||
<strong>liste des plongées</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Profil</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau du <strong>profil de la
|
||
plongée</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Info</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau des <strong>notes</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_ViewPanels"><em>Globe</em></a> - Affiche uniquement le panneau de la <strong>carte
|
||
mondiale</strong>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Statistiques annuelles</em> - Affiche par année le résumé des statistiques des
|
||
plongées effectuées.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Ordinateur précédent</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée précédent.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Ordinateur suivant</em> - Passer à l’ordinateur de plongée suivant.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Plein écran</em> - Passer en mode plein écran.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_aide">14.5. Aide</h3>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>À propos de Subsurface</em> - Affiche un panneau avec le numéro de version de
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> ainsi que les informations de licence.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Vérifier les mises à jour</em> - Vérifier si une nouvelle version de
|
||
Subsurface est disponible sur le <a href="http://subsurface-divelog.org/">site web de
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> </a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<a href="#S_UserSurvey"><em>Sondge utilisateur</em></a> - Aidez à rendre <em>Subsurface</em> encore
|
||
meilleur en répondant à notre sondage utilisateur.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Manuel utilisateur</em> - Ouvre une fenêtre affichant ce manuel utilisateur.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_annexe_a_informations_spécifiques_au_système_d_8217_exploitation_utilisé_pour_importer_les_informations_de_plongées_depuis_un_ordinateur_de_plongée">15. ANNEXE A : informations spécifiques au système d’exploitation utilisé pour importer les informations de plongées depuis un ordinateur de plongée.</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_assurez_vous_que_les_pilotes_drivers_nécessaires_sont_installés">15.1. Assurez-vous que les pilotes (drivers) nécessaires sont installés</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/drivers.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Le système d’exploitation de l’ordinateur nécessite les bons pilotes pour
|
||
communiquer avec l’ordinateur de plongée de la façon utilisée par
|
||
l’ordinateur de plongée (Bluetooth, USB, infra-rouge).</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Sous Linux, les utilisateurs doivent avoir le bon module noyau de chargé. La
|
||
plupart des distributions Linux le font automatiquement, de telle sorte que
|
||
l’utilisateur n’ait rien à faire de particulier. Cependant, certains
|
||
protocoles de communication nécessitent des pilotes additionnels, plus
|
||
particulièrement pour certaines technologies telles que l’infra-rouge.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Sous Windows, le bon pilote devrait être téléchargé automatiquement la
|
||
première fois que l’utilisateur branche son ordinateur de plongée sur le
|
||
port USB de son ordinateur de bureau.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sous Mac, les utilisateurs peuvent parfois avoir besoin d’installer
|
||
manuellement le bon pilote. Par exemple, pour le Mares Puck ou n’importe
|
||
quel autre ordinateur de plongée utilisant une interface USB-série basé sur
|
||
le composant Silicon Labs CP2101 ou similaire, le bon pilote est disponible
|
||
sous <em>Mac_OSX_VCP_Driver.zip</em> sur le
|
||
<a href="http://www.silabs.com/support/pages/document-library.aspx?p=Interface&f=USB%20Bridges&pn=CP2101">dépôt
|
||
de documents et logiciels Silicon Labs</a>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_HowFindDeviceName">15.2. Comment trouver le nom du périphérique branché sur USB et paramétrer les permissions en écriture</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/usb.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Lorsqu’un utilisateur connecte un ordinateur de plongée en utilisant l’USB,
|
||
généralement <em>Subsurface</em> proposera soit une liste déroulante contenant le
|
||
bon nom (ou le point de montage pour un Uemis Zurich) ou la liste sera
|
||
désactivée si aucun nom de périphérique n’est nécessaire. Dans les rares cas
|
||
où cela ne fonctionnerait pas, voici quelques suggestions pour trouver le
|
||
nom de votre périphérique ;</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Windows :</div><p>Essayez simplement COM1, COM2, etc. La liste déroulante devrait contenir
|
||
tous les périphériques COM connectés.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur MacOS :</div><p>La liste déroulante devrait contenir tous les ordinateurs de plongée
|
||
connectés.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><div class="title">Sur Linux :</div><p>Il existe un moyen sûr de trouver le port :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Déconnecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Ouvrir un terminal
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Connecter le cable USB de l’ordinateur de plongée
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Taper la commande <em>dmesg</em> et appuyer sur la touche Entrer
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Un message similaire à celui-ci devrait apparaitre :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>usb 2-1.1: new full speed USB device number 14 using ehci_hcd
|
||
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial
|
||
USB Serial support registered for generic
|
||
usbcore: registered new interface driver usbserial_generic
|
||
usbserial: USB Serial Driver core
|
||
USB Serial support registered for FTDI USB Serial Device
|
||
ftdi_sio 2-1.1:1.0: FTDI USB Serial Device converter detected
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Detected FT232BM
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Number of endpoints 2
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 1 MaxPacketSize 64
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Endpoint 2 MaxPacketSize 64
|
||
usb 2-1.1: Setting MaxPacketSize 64
|
||
usb 2-1.1: FTDI USB Serial Device converter now attached to ttyUSB3
|
||
usbcore: registered new interface driver ftdi_sio
|
||
ftdi_sio: v1.6.0:USB FTDI Serial Converters Driver</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>La troisième ligne en partant du bas montre que l’adaptateur FTDI USB est
|
||
détecté et connecté sur <code>ttyUSB3</code>. Cette information peut à présent être
|
||
utilisée pour les paramètres d’importation en tant que <code>/dev/ttyUSB3</code> pour
|
||
que Subsurface utilise le bon port USB.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>S’assurer que l’utilisateur possède les droits d'écriture sur le port série
|
||
USB :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Sur les systèmes similaires à Unix, les ports USB ne peuvent être accédés
|
||
que par des utilisateurs membres du groupe <code>dialout</code>. Si vous n'êtes pas
|
||
root, vous n'êtes peut-être pas membre de ce groupe et ne pouvez donc pas
|
||
utiliser le port USB. Si votre nom d’utilisateur est <em>johnB</em> :</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>En tant que root, tapez : usermod -a -G dialout johnB+ (utilisateurs
|
||
d’Ubuntu : <code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout johnB</code>) Cela ajoute johnB au groupe
|
||
<code>dialout</code>.
|
||
Tapez : <code>id johnB</code> Cela liste tous les groupes auquel johnB appartient et
|
||
vérifiez que
|
||
l’appartenance au groupe est bien effectif. Le groupe <code>dialout</code> devrait
|
||
être listé
|
||
parmi les différents IDs.
|
||
Sous certaines circonstances, les modifications ne prennent effet qu’après une déconnexionpuis reconnexion sur l’ordinateur (sous Ubuntu, par exemple).
|
||
Avec le bon nom de périphérique (par exemple <code>dev/ttyUSB3</code>) et avec un accès
|
||
en écriture au port USB, l’ordinateur de plongée devrait se connecter et
|
||
vous devriez pouvoir importer vos plongées.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_HowFindBluetoothDeviceName">15.3. Setting up bluetooth enabled devices</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/bluetooth.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">For dive computers communicating through bluetooth like the Heinrichs
|
||
Weikamp Frog or the Shearwater Predator and Petrel there is a different
|
||
procedure to get the devices name to communicate with <em>Subsurface</em>. Follow
|
||
these steps:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>For the dive computer, after enabling Bluetooth, ensure it is in Upload mode.</strong>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For Bluetooth pairing of the dive computer, refer to the manufacturer’s user
|
||
guide. When using a Shearwater Predator/Petrel, select <em>Dive Log → Upload
|
||
Log</em> and wait for the <em>Wait PC</em> message.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<strong>Pair the <em>Subsurface</em> computer with the dive computer.</strong>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_sur_windows">15.3.1. Sur Windows :</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Bluetooth is most likely already enabled. For pairing with the dive computer
|
||
choose <em>Control Panel → Bluetooth Devices → Add Wireless Device</em>. This
|
||
should bring up a dialog showing your dive computer (which should be in
|
||
Bluetooth mode) and allowing pairing. Right click on it and choose
|
||
<em>Properties→ COM Ports</em> to identify the port used for your dive
|
||
computer. If there are several ports listed, use the one saying "Outgoing"
|
||
instead of "Incoming".</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For downloading to <em>Subsurface</em>, the <em>Subsurface</em> drop-down list should
|
||
contain this COM port already. If not, enter it manually.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Note: If there are issues afterwards when downloading from the dive computer
|
||
using other software, remove the existing pairing with the dive computer.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_sur_macos">15.3.2. Sur MacOS :</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the Bluetooth symbol in the menu bar and select <em>Set up Bluetooth
|
||
Device…</em>. The dive computer should then show up in the list of
|
||
devices. Select it and go through the pairing process. This step should only
|
||
be needed once for initial setup.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once the pairing is completed the correct device is shown in the <em>Device or
|
||
Mount Point</em> drop-down in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Import</strong> dialog.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect3">
|
||
<h4 id="_sur_linux">15.3.3. Sur Linux</h4>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure Bluetooth is enabled on the <em>Subsurface</em> computer. On most common
|
||
distributions this should be true out of the box and pairing should be
|
||
straight forward. For instance, Gnome3 shows a Bluetooth icon on the right
|
||
of the toolbar at the top of the screen. Users have reported difficulties
|
||
with some Bluetooth controllers. If you have an onboard controller, try
|
||
that first. It is simplest if you remove any USB Bluetooth dongles. If you
|
||
have a USB dongle that came with your dive computer, try that before any
|
||
others.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Setting up a connection to download dives from your Bluetooth-enabled
|
||
device, such as the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em>, is not yet an automated process and
|
||
will generally require the command prompt. It is essentially a three step
|
||
process.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Enable the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer</li>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Establish an RFCOMM connection
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Download the dives with Subsurface
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Ensure the dive computer is in upload mode. On the <em>Shearwater Petrel</em> and
|
||
<em>Petrel 2</em>, cycle through the menu, select <em>Dive Log</em>, then <em>Upload Log</em>.
|
||
The display will read <em>Initializing</em>, then <em>Wait PC 3:00</em> and will
|
||
countdown. Once the connection is established, the display reads <em>Wait CMD
|
||
…</em> and the countdown continues. When downloading the dive from Subsurface,
|
||
the display reads <em>Sending</em> then <em>Sent Dive</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To establish the connection, establish root access through <code>sudo</code> or <code>su</code>.
|
||
The correct permission is required to download the dives in the computer. On
|
||
most Linux systems this means becoming a member of the dialout group (This
|
||
is identical as for many dive computers using a Linux USB port, descibed in
|
||
the previous section). On the command terminal, enter:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo usermod -a -G dialout username</code></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Then log out and log in for the change to take effect.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_enabling_the_bluetooth_controller_and_pairing_your_dive_computer">Enabling the Bluetooth controller and pairing your dive computer</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Attempt to set up the Bluetooth controller and pair your dive computer using
|
||
the graphical environment of the operating system. After setting the dive
|
||
computer to upload mode, click the Bluetooth icon in the system tray and
|
||
select <em>Add new device</em>. The dive computer should appear. If asked for a
|
||
password, enter 0000. Write down or copy the MAC address of your dive
|
||
computer - this needed later and should be in the form 00:11:22:33:44:55.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the graphical method didn’t work, pair the device from the command
|
||
line. Open a terminal and use <code>hciconfig</code> to check the Bluetooth controller
|
||
status</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>$ hciconfig
|
||
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
|
||
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
|
||
*DOWN*
|
||
RX bytes:504 acl:0 sco:0 events:22 errors:0
|
||
TX bytes:92 acl:0 sco:0 commands:21 errors:0</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This indicates a Bluetooth controller with MAC address 01:23:45:67:89:AB,
|
||
connected as hci0. Its status is <em>DOWN</em>, i.e. not powered. Additional
|
||
controllers will appear as hci1, etc. If there is not a Bluetooth dongle
|
||
plugged in upon booting the computer, hci0 is probably the onboard. Now
|
||
power on the controller and enable authentication:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci0 up auth+ (enter password when prompted)
|
||
hciconfig
|
||
hci0: Type: BR/EDR Bus: USB
|
||
BD Address: 01:23:45:67:89:AB ACL MTU: 310:10 SCO MTU: 64:8
|
||
*UP RUNNING PSCAN AUTH*
|
||
RX bytes:1026 acl:0 sco:0 events:47 errors:0
|
||
TX bytes:449 acl:0 sco:0 commands:46 errors:0</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>Check that the status now includes +<em>UP</em>, <em>RUNNING</em> AND <em>AUTH</em></code>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If there are multiple controllers running, it’s easiest to off the unused
|
||
controller(s). For example, for <code>hci1</code>:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>sudo hciconfig hci1 down</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Next step is to <em>trust</em> and <em>pair</em> the dive computer. On distros with Bluez
|
||
5, such as Fedora 22, one can use a tool called <code>blutootctl</code>, which will
|
||
bring up its own command prompt.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>bluetoothctl
|
||
[NEW] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB localhost.localdomain [default]
|
||
[bluetooth]# agent on
|
||
Agent registered
|
||
[bluetooth]# default-agent
|
||
Default agent request successful
|
||
[bluetooth]# scan on <----now set your dive computer to upload mode
|
||
Discovery started
|
||
[CHG] Controller 01:23:45:67:89:AB Discovering: yes
|
||
[NEW] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
|
||
[bluetooth]# trust 00:11:22:33:44:55 <----you can use the tab key to autocomplete the MAC address
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Trusted: yes
|
||
Changing 00:11:22:33:44:55 trust succeeded
|
||
[bluetooth]# pair 00:11:22:33:44:55
|
||
Attempting to pair with 00:11:22:33:44:55
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: yes
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 UUIDs: 00001101-0000-1000-8000-0089abc12345
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Paired: yes
|
||
Pairing successful
|
||
[CHG] Device 00:11:22:33:44:55 Connected: no</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If asked for a password, enter 0000. It’s ok if the last line says
|
||
<em>Connected: no</em>. The important part is the line above, <code>Pairing successful</code>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the system has Bluez version 4 (e.g. Ubuntu 12.04 through to 15.04),
|
||
there is probably not a <code>bluetoothctl</code>, but a script called
|
||
<code>bluez-simple-agent</code> or just <code>simple-agent</code>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>hcitool -i hci0 scanning
|
||
Scanning ...
|
||
00:11:22:33:44:55 Petrel
|
||
bluez-simple-agent hci0 00:11:22:33:44:55</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Once ther dive computer is pired, set up the RFCOMM connection</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_establishing_the_rfcomm_connection">Establishing the RFCOMM connection</h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The command to establish an RFCOMM connection is:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>sudo rfcomm -i <controller> connect <dev> <bdaddr> [channel]</code></p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<controller>+ is the Bluetooth controller, <code>hci0</code>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<dev> is the RFCOMM device file, <code>rfcomm0</code>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<bdaddr> is the dive computer’s MAC address, <code>00:11:22:33:44:55</code>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
[channel] is the dive computer’s Bluetooth channel we need to connect to.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If one omits it, channel 1 is assumed. Based on a limited number of user
|
||
reports, the appropriate channel for the dive computer is probably:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>: channel 5
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Shearwater Petrel 1</em>: channel 1
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
<em>Heinrichs-Weikamp OSTC Sport</em>: channel 1
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>E.g. to connect a <em>Shearwater Petrel 2</em>, set the dive computer to upload
|
||
mode and enter:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 5 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This gives the response:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 5
|
||
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To connect a _Shearwater Petrel 1+ or + HW OSTC Sport+, set the dive
|
||
computer to upload mode and enter:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>sudo rfcomm -i hci0 connect rfcomm0 00:11:22:33:44:55 (enter a password, probably 0000, when prompted)
|
||
Connected /dev/rfcomm0 to 00:11:22:33:44:55 on channel 1
|
||
Press CTRL-C for hangup</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>If the specific channel the dive computer needs is not known, or the channel
|
||
in the list above doesn’t work, the command <code>sdptool records</code> should help
|
||
determine the appropriate channel. The output below is for a <em>Shearwater
|
||
Petrel 2</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="literalblock">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<pre><code>sdptool -i hci0 records 00:11:22:33:44:55
|
||
Service Name: Serial Port
|
||
Service RecHandle: 0x10000
|
||
Service Class ID List:
|
||
"Serial Port" (0x1101)
|
||
Protocol Descriptor List:
|
||
"L2CAP" (0x0100)
|
||
"RFCOMM" (0x0003)
|
||
Channel: 5</code></pre>
|
||
</div></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For a Bluetooth dive computer not in the list above, or if the channel
|
||
listed is not correct, please let the Subsurface developers know on the user
|
||
forum or the developer mailing list <em>subsurface@subsurface-divelog.org</em>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect4">
|
||
<h5 id="_download_the_dives_with_subsurface_lt_em_gt">Download the dives with Subsurface</em></h5>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After establishing the RFCOMM connection and while the dive computer’s
|
||
upload mode countdown is still running, go to_Subsurface_, select
|
||
<em>Import→Import from dive computer</em> and enter appropriate Vendor
|
||
(e.g. <em>Shearwater</em>), Dive Computer (<em>Petrel</em>), Device or Mount Point
|
||
(<em>/dev/rfcomm0</em>) and click <em>Download</em>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_appendix_b_dive_computer_specific_information_for_importing_dive_information">16. APPENDIX B: Dive Computer specific information for importing dive data.</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ImportUemis">16.1. Importing from Uemis Zurich</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/iumis.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content"><em>Subsurface</em> downloads the information stored on the SDA (the built-in file
|
||
system of the Uemis) including information about dive spots and
|
||
equipment. Buddy information is not yet downloadable. Things are very
|
||
similar to a normal USB-connected dive computer (the Uemis is one of those
|
||
that recharge when connected to the USB port). The main difference is that
|
||
one does not enter a device name, but instead the location where the
|
||
UEMISSDA file system is mounted once connected to the dive computer. On
|
||
Windows this is a drive letter ( often <em>E:</em> or <em>F:</em>), on a Mac this is
|
||
<em>/Volumes/UEMISSDA</em> and on Linux systems this differs depending on the
|
||
distribution. On Fedora it usually is
|
||
<em>/var/run/media/<your_username>/UEMISSDA</em>. In all cases <em>Subsurface</em> should
|
||
suggest the correct location in the drop down list.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting the above device name, download the dives from the Uemis
|
||
Zurich. One technical issue with the Uemis Zurich download implementation
|
||
(this is a Uemis firmware limitation, not a <em>Subsurface</em> issue) is that one
|
||
cannot download more than about 40-50 dives without running out of memory on
|
||
the SDA. This will usually only happen the very first time one downloads
|
||
dives from the Uemis Zurich. Normally when downloading at the end of a day
|
||
or even after a dive trip, the capacity is sufficient. If <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
displays an error that the dive computer ran out of space the solution is
|
||
straight forward. Disconnect the SDA, turn it off and on again, and
|
||
reconnect it. You can now retry (or start a new download session) and the
|
||
download will continue where it stopped previously. One may have to do this
|
||
more than once, depending on how many dives are stored on the dive computer.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ImportingGalileo">16.2. Importing from Uwatec Galileo</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/Galileo.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">The Uwatec Galileo dive computers use infra red (IrDA) communication between
|
||
the dive computer and Subsurface. The Uwatec hardware uses a USB dongle
|
||
based on the serial infra-red (SIR) protocol and the MSC7780 IrDA controller
|
||
manufactured by MosChip and marketed by Scubapro and some electronics
|
||
companies. Under Linux, the kernel already provides for communication using
|
||
the IrDA protocol. However, the user additionally needs to load a driver for
|
||
the IrDA interface with the dive computer. The easiest way is to load the
|
||
<strong>irda-tools</strong> package from the
|
||
<a href="http://irda.sourceforge.net/docs/startirda.html">Linux IrDA Project</a>. After
|
||
the installation of the irda-tools, the <strong>root user</strong> can specify a device
|
||
name from the console as follows: <code>irattach irda0</code></td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After executing this command, Subsurface will recognise the Galileo dive
|
||
computer and download dive information.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Under Windows, a similar situation exists. Drivers for the MCS7780 are
|
||
available from some Internet web sites e.g.
|
||
<a href="http://www.drivers-download.com/Drv/MosChip/MCS7780/">www.drivers-download.com</a>.
|
||
Windows-based IrDA drivers for the Uwatec can also be downloaded from the
|
||
ScubaPro web site, drivers being located on the download page for the
|
||
ScubaPro SmartTrak software.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>For the Apple Mac, IrDA communication via the MCS7780 link is not available
|
||
for OSX 10.6 or higher.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ImportingDR5">16.3. Importing from Heinrichs Weikamp DR5</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/HW_DR5.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">When mounted as a USB drive the Heinrichs Weikamp DR5 saves a single UDDF
|
||
file for every dive. Mark all the dives you’d like to import or open.
|
||
Note: The DR5 does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information,
|
||
so for <em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient
|
||
factors in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay
|
||
in the <em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco
|
||
calculated by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on
|
||
the DR5.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ImportingXDeep">16.4. Importing from xDEEP BLACK</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/HW_xdeepblack.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Each dive has to be individually saved as UDDF file using "Export UDDF"
|
||
option in BLACK’s logbook menu. When mounted as a USB drive UDDF files are
|
||
available in LOGBOOK directory. Note: The xDEEP BLACK saves NDL time but
|
||
does not seem to store gradient factors nor deco information, so for
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> it is not possible to display them. Adjust the gradient factors
|
||
in the <em>Graph Settings</em> in <em>Subsurface</em> to generate a deco overlay in the
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> <strong>Dive Profile</strong> panel but please note that the deco calculated
|
||
by <em>Subsurface</em> will most likely differ from the one displayed on the xDEEP
|
||
BLACK.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_importing_from_shearwater_predator_using_bluetooth">16.5. Importing from Shearwater Predator using Bluetooth</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/predator.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Using a Shearwater Predator one may be able to pair Bluetooth but then
|
||
encounter issues when downloading, showing errors like <em>Slip RX: unexp. SLIP
|
||
END</em> on the Predator. This might also arise when using other dive log
|
||
software and operating systems other than Linux. We have no detailed idea
|
||
about the source and how to fix this, but it is reported to be solved
|
||
sometimes by one of these steps:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
use the Bluetooth dongle which came with the Shearwater Predator instead of
|
||
the built-in one of the <em>Subsurface</em> computer
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
switch to different Bluetooth drivers for the same hardware
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
switch off WiFi while using Bluetooth
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_PoseidonMkVI">16.6. Importing from Poseidon MkVI Discovery</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/MkVI.jpeg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Download of dive logs from the MkVI is performed using a custom
|
||
communications adapter and the <em>Poseidon PC Configuration Software</em>,
|
||
obtained when purchasing the MKVI equipment. The latter is a Windows
|
||
application allowing configuration of equipment and storage of dive
|
||
logs. Communication between dive computer and desktop computer utilises the
|
||
IrDA infra-red protocol. Only data for one dive can be downloaded at a time,
|
||
comprising three files:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Setup configuration for the dive and key dive parameters (file with a .txt
|
||
extension)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Dive log details (file with a .csv extension)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Redbook format dive log (file with .cvsr extension). This is a compressed
|
||
version of the dive log using a proprietary format.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> accesses the .txt and the .csv files to obtain dive log
|
||
information.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_importing_from_apd_inspiration_ccr">16.7. Importing from APD Inspiration CCR</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/APDComputer.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">The dive logs of an APD Inspiration or similar CCR dive computer are
|
||
downloaded using a communications adapter and <em>AP Communicator</em>, obtained
|
||
when purchasing the equipment. The dive logs can be viewed using the <em>AP Log
|
||
Viewer</em>, within Windows or Mac/OS. However, APD logs can be viewed and
|
||
managed from within <em>Subsurface</em> (together with dives using many other types
|
||
of dive computer). The APD inspiration dive logs are imported into
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em> as follows:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Open a dive within the <em>AP Log Viewer</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Select the tab at the top of the screen, entitled "<em>Data</em>".
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
If the raw dive log data show on the screen, click on "<em>Copy to Clipboard</em>".
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Open a text editor, e.g. Notepad (Windows), TextWrangler (Mac).
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Copy the contents of the clipboard into the text editor and save the text
|
||
file with a filename extension of .CSV
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Within <em>Subsurface</em>, select <em>Import → Import log files</em> to open the
|
||
<a href="#Unified_import">universal import dialogue</a>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In the dropdown list towards the bottom right of the dialogue, select "<em>CSV
|
||
files</em>".
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
On the list of file names select the .CSV file that has been created
|
||
above. An import dialogue opens.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In the dropdown list on the top left labeled '<em>Pre-configured imports</em>",
|
||
select <em>APD Log Viewer</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Ensure the other settings for the ADP dive log are appropriate, then select
|
||
<em>OK</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The APD dive log will appear within <em>Subsurface</em>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_appendix_c_exporting_dive_log_information_from_external_dive_log_software">17. APPENDIX C: Exporting Dive log information from external dive log software.</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The import of dive log data from external dive log software is mostly
|
||
performed using the dialogue found by selecting <em>Import</em> from the Main Menu,
|
||
then clicking on <em>Import Log Files</em>. This is a single-step process, more
|
||
information about which can be found <a href="#Unified_import">here.</a> However, in
|
||
some cases, a two-step process may be required:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Export the foreign dive log data to format that is accessible from
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Import the accessible dive log data into <em>Subsurface</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>This appendix provides some information about approaches to export dive log
|
||
data from foreign dive log software. The procedures below mostly apply to
|
||
Linux and/or Windows.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivesSuunto">17.1. Exporting from <strong>Suunto Divemanager (DM3, DM4 or DM5)</strong></h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/suuntologo.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">DiveManager is a MS Windows application for Suunto dive computers.
|
||
Divemanager 3 (DM3) is an older version of the Suunto software. More recent
|
||
Suunto dive computers use Divemanager version 4 or 5 (DM4 or DM5). The
|
||
different versions of Divemanager use different methods and different file
|
||
naming conventions to export dive log data.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 3 (DM3):</strong></p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Start <em>Suunto Divemanager 3</em> and log in with the name containing the logs
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Do not start the import wizard to import dives from the dive computer.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In the navigation tree on the left side of the program-window, select the
|
||
appropriate dives.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Within the list of dives, select the dives you would like to import later:
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
To select certain dives: hold <em>ctrl</em> and click the dive
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
To select all dives: Select the first dive, hold down shift and select the
|
||
last dive
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
With the dives marked, use the program menu <em>File → Export</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The export pop-up will show. Within this pop-up, there is one field called
|
||
<em>Export Path</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click the browse button next to the field Export Path
|
||
</p>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
A file-manager like window pops up
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Navigate to the directory for storing the
|
||
Divelog.SDE file
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Optionally change the name of the file for saving
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click <em>Save</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Back in the Export pop-up, press the button <em>Export</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The dives are now exported to the file Divelog.SDE.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><strong>Divemanager 4 (DM4) and Divemanager 5 (DM5):</strong></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>DM4 and DM5 use identical mechanisms for exporting dive logs. To export a
|
||
divelog from Divemanager one needs to locate the DM4/DM5 database where the
|
||
dives are stored. the user can either look for the original database or make
|
||
a backup of the dives. Both methods are described here.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Locating the Suunto DM4 (or DM5) database:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Select <em>Help → About</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click <em>Copy</em> after text <em>Copy log folder path to clipboard</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Now open Windows Explorer
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Paste the address to the path box at the top of the File Explorer
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The database is called DM4.db or DM5.db
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Making a backup copy of the Suunto DM4/DM5 database:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Start Suunto DM4/DM5
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Select <em>File - Create backup</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
From the file menu select the location and name for the backup, we’ll use
|
||
DM4 (or DM5) in here with the default extension .bak
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click <em>Save</em>
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The dives are now exported to the file DM4.bak (or DM5.bak)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_exporting_from_atomic_logbook">17.2. Exporting from Atomic Logbook</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Atomic_Export">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/atomiclogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Atomic Logbook is a Windows software by Atomic Aquatics. It allows
|
||
downloading of dive information from Cobalt and Cobalt 2 dive computers.
|
||
The divelog is kept in a SQLite database at
|
||
C:\ProgramData\AtomicsAquatics\Cobalt-Logbook\Cobalt.db. This file can be
|
||
directly imported to Subsurface.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_exporting_from_mares_dive_organiser_v2_1">17.3. Exporting from Mares Dive Organiser V2.1</h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock" id="Mares_Export">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/mareslogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Mares Dive Organiser is a Windows application. The dive log is kept as a
|
||
Microsoft SQL Compact Edition database with a <em>.sdf</em> filename extension. The
|
||
database includes all Dive Organiser-registered divers on the particular
|
||
computer and all Mares dive computers used. The safest way to obtain a copy
|
||
of the dive database is to export the information to another compatible
|
||
format which can be imported into <em>Subsurface</em>.</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Within Dive Organiser, select <em>Database → Backup</em> from the main menu and
|
||
back up the database to the desk top. This creates a zipped file
|
||
DiveOrganiserxxxxx.dbf.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Rename the file to DiveOrganiserxxxxx.zip. Inside the zipped directory is a
|
||
file <em>DiveOrganiser.sdf</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Extract the <em>.sdf</em> file from the zipped folder to your Desktop.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
The password for accessing the .zip file is <em>mares</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="S_ImportingDivingLog">17.4. Exporting from <strong>DivingLog 5.0</strong></h3>
|
||
<div class="admonitionblock">
|
||
<table><tr>
|
||
<td class="icon">
|
||
<img src="images/icons/divingloglogo.jpg" alt="Note" />
|
||
</td>
|
||
<td class="content">Unfortunately DivingLog XML files give us no indication on the preferences
|
||
set on one’s system. So in order for <em>Subsurface</em> to be able to successfully
|
||
import XML files from DivingLog one first needs to ensure that DivingLog is
|
||
configured to use the Metric system (one can easily change this within
|
||
Diving Log by selecting <em>File → Preferences → Units and Language</em> by
|
||
clicking the <em>Metric</em> button). Then do the following:</td>
|
||
</tr></table>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In DivingLog open the <em>File → Export → XML</em> menu
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Select the dives to export
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click on the export button and select the filename
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="S_Appendix_D">18. APPENDIX D: Exporting a spreadsheet to CSV format</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Many divers keep a diving log in some form of a digital file, commonly a
|
||
spreadsheet with various fields of information. These logs can be easily
|
||
imported into <em>Subsurface</em> after the spreadsheet is converted in a .CSV
|
||
file. This section explains the procedure to convert a diving logbook
|
||
stored in a spreadsheet to a .CSV file that will later be imported from
|
||
<em>Subsurface</em>. Creating a .CSV is a straightforward task, although the
|
||
procedure is somewhat different according to which spreadsheet program is
|
||
used.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The first step is to organize the diving data in the spreadsheet, so that
|
||
the first row contains the names (or titles) of each column and the
|
||
information for each dive is stored in a single row. <em>Subsurface</em> supports
|
||
many data items (Dive #, Date, Time, Duration, Location, GPS, Max Depth,
|
||
Mean Depth, Buddy, Notes, Weight and Tags). The user can organize dive data
|
||
following a few simple rules:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="olist arabic"><ol class="arabic">
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Date : utiliser un des formats suivants : aaaa-mm-jj, jj.mm.aaaa, mm/jj/aaaa
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Durée : le format est minutes:secondes.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Unit system: only one unit system should be used (i.e., no mixture between
|
||
imperial and metric units)
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Étiquettes et équipiers : les valeurs doivent être séparées par des
|
||
virgules.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Position GPS : vous devez utiliser les degrés décimaux, par exemple :
|
||
30.22496 30.821798
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ol></div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_em_libreoffice_calc_em_et_em_openoffice_calc_em">18.1. <em>LibreOffice Calc</em> et <em>OpenOffice Calc</em></h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>These are open source spreadsheet applications forming parts of larger open
|
||
source office suite applications. The user interaction with <em>LibreOffice</em>
|
||
and <em>OpenOffice</em> is very similar. In Libreoffice Calc the time format
|
||
should be set to minutes:seconds - [mm]:ss and dates should be set to one
|
||
of: yyyy-mm-dd, dd.mm.yyyy, mm/dd/yyyy. A typical dive log may look like
|
||
this:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LOffice_spreadsheetdata.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Spreadsheet data" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the data as a .CSV file from within LibreOffice click <em>File →
|
||
Save As</em>. On the dialogue that comes up, select the <em>Text CSV (.csv)</em> as the
|
||
file type and select the option <em>Edit filter settings</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LOffice_save_as_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Save as options" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>After selecting <em>Save</em>, select the appropriate field delimiter (choose <em>Tab</em>
|
||
to prevent conflicts with the comma when using this as a decimal point),
|
||
then select <em>OK</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/LOffice_field_options.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Field options" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a text editor, and
|
||
then import the dive data as explained on the section
|
||
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_microsoft_em_excel_em">18.2. Microsoft <em>Excel</em></h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>The field delimiter (called "<em>list separator</em>" in Microsoft manuals) is not
|
||
accessible from within <em>Excel</em> and needs to be set through the <em>Microsoft
|
||
Control Panel</em>. After changing the separator character, all software on the
|
||
Windows machine use the new character as a separator. One can change the
|
||
character back to the default character by following the same procedure,
|
||
outlined below.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="ulist"><ul>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
In Microsoft Windows, click the <strong>Start</strong> button, and then select <em>Control
|
||
Panel</em> from the list on the right-hand side.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Open the <em>Regional and Language Options</em> dialog box.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Do one of the following: <strong> In Windows 7, click the <em>Formats</em> tab, and then
|
||
click <em>Customize this format</em>. </strong> In Windows XP, click the <em>Regional
|
||
Options</em> tab, and then click <em>Customize</em>.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Type a new separator in the <em>List separator</em> box. To use a TAB-delimited
|
||
file, type the word TAB in the box.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
<li>
|
||
<p>
|
||
Click <em>OK</em> twice.
|
||
</p>
|
||
</li>
|
||
</ul></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Below is an image of the <em>Control Panel</em>:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV2.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Win List separator" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>To export the dive log in CSV format:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>With the dive log opened in <em>Excel</em>, select the round Windows button at the
|
||
top left, then <em>Save As</em>.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV1.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save as option" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Click on the left-hand part of the <em>Save as</em> option, NOT on the arrow on the
|
||
right-hand. This brings up a dialogue for saving the spreadsheet in an
|
||
alternative format. From the dropdown list at the bottom of the dialogue,
|
||
marked <em>Save as Type:</em>, select <em>CSV(Comma delimited) (*.CSV)</em>. Ensure that
|
||
the appropriate folder has been selected to save the CSV file into.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="imageblock" style="text-align:center;">
|
||
<div class="content">
|
||
<img src="images/Win_SaveCSV3.jpg" alt="FIGURE: Excel save CSV dialogue" />
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>Select the <em>Save</em> button. The CSV-formatted file is saved into the folder
|
||
that was selected. One can double check the .CSV file by opening it with a
|
||
text editor, and then import the dive data as explained on the section
|
||
<a href="#S_ImportingCSVDives">Importing CSV dives</a>.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect1">
|
||
<h2 id="_appendix_e_faqs">19. APPENDIX E: FAQs.</h2>
|
||
<div class="sectionbody">
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_subsurface_appears_to_miscalculate_gas_consumption_and_sac">19.1. Subsurface appears to miscalculate gas consumption and SAC</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph" id="SAC_CALCULATION"><p><em>Question</em>: I dived with a 12.2 l tank, starting with 220 bar and ending
|
||
with 100 bar, and I calculate a different SAC compared what <em>Subsurface</em>
|
||
calculates. Is <em>Subsurface</em> miscalculating?</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: Not really. What happens is that <em>Subsurface</em> actually calculates
|
||
gas consumption differently - and better - than you expect. In particular,
|
||
it takes the incompressibility of the gas into account. Traditionally, Gas
|
||
consumption and SAC should be: <code>consumption = tank size x (start pressure -
|
||
end pressure)</code></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>and that’s true for an ideal gas, and it’s what you get taught in dive
|
||
theory. But an "ideal gas" doesn’t actually exist, and real gases actually
|
||
don’t compress linearly with pressure. Also, you are missing the fact that
|
||
one atmosphere of pressure isn’t actually one bar. So the <strong>real</strong>
|
||
calculation is:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>consumption = (amount_of_air_at_beginning - amount_of_air_at_end)</code></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>where the amount of air is <strong>not</strong> just "tank size times pressure in bar".
|
||
It’s a combination of: "take compressibility into account" (which is a
|
||
fairly small issue under 220 bar - you’ll see more differences when you do
|
||
high-pressure tanks with 300bar) and "convert bar to atm" (which is the
|
||
majority of your discrepancy). Remember: one ATM is ~1.013 bar, so without
|
||
the compressibility, your gas use is:</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><code>12.2*((220-100)/1.013)</code></p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>which is about 1445, not 1464. So there was 19 l too much in your simple
|
||
calculation that ignored the difference between 1 bar and one ATM. The
|
||
compressibility does show up above 200 bar, and takes that 1445 down about
|
||
eight litres more, so you really did use only about 1437 l of air at surface
|
||
pressure.</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p>So be happy: your SAC really is better than your calculations indicated. Or
|
||
be sad: your cylinder contains less air than you thought it did. And as
|
||
mentioned, the "contains less air than you thought it did" really starts
|
||
becoming much more noticeable at high pressure. A 400 bar really does not
|
||
contain twice as much air as a 200 bar one. At lower pressures, air acts
|
||
pretty much like an ideal gas.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div class="sect2">
|
||
<h3 id="_some_dive_profiles_have_time_discrepancies_with_the_recorded_samples_from_my_dive_computer_8230">19.2. Some dive profiles have time discrepancies with the recorded samples from my dive computer…</h3>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Subsurface</em> ends up ignoring surface time for many things (average depth,
|
||
divetime, SAC, etc). <em>Question</em>: Why do dive durations in my dive computer
|
||
differ from that given by <em>Subsurface</em>?</p></div>
|
||
<div class="paragraph"><p><em>Answer</em>: For example, if you end up doing a weight check (deep enough to
|
||
trigger the "dive started") but then come back up and wait five minutes for
|
||
your buddies, your dive computer may say that your dive is 50 minutes long -
|
||
because you have fifty minutes worth of samples - but subsurface will say
|
||
it’s 45 minutes - because you were actually diving for 45 minutes. It’s
|
||
even more noticeable if you do things like divemastering the initial OW
|
||
dives, when you may stay in the water for a long time, but spend most of it
|
||
at the surface. And then you don’t want that to count as some kind of long
|
||
dive”.</p></div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
<div id="footnotes"><hr /></div>
|
||
<div id="footer">
|
||
<div id="footer-text">
|
||
Last updated 2015-07-20 18:27:03 CEST
|
||
</div>
|
||
</div>
|
||
</body>
|
||
</html>
|